OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP
10-Q, 1998-05-15
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
Previous: VARI LITE INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-Q, 1998-05-15
Next: HAGLER BAILLY INC, 10-Q, 1998-05-15




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

|X|      QUARTERLY  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         For the quarterly period ended March 31, 1998

                                       OR

|_|      TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                          Commission File No. 000-22389

                          OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                          ----------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Virginia                                                         65-0736120
- --------                                                         ----------
(State or other jurisdiction                                  (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)


                              THE FORUM, SUITE 1000
                              ---------------------
         1675 PALM BEACH LAKES BOULEVARD, WEST PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33401
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)


                                 (561) 682-8000
                                 --------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ].


Number of shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  outstanding  at the close of
business on May 12, 1998: 18,965,000 shares.

<PAGE>

                          OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                                    FORM 10-Q

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    I N D E X
========================================================================================================


PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                                                      PAGE

<S>     <C>                                                                                         <C>
Item 1.  Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)................................        3

         Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
         at March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997..............................................        3

         Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1998.......        4

         Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the three months
         ended March 31, 1998 and for the period from May 14, 1997 to December 31, 1997.......        5

         Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1998.......        6

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................        7

Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
         and Results of Operations............................................................       10

Item 3   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..........................       20

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 2.  Changes in Securities................................................................       21

Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.....................................................       21

Signature.....................................................................................       23

</TABLE>


                                       2

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

                                      OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                     March 31,            December 31,
                                                                       1998                   1997
                                                                   -------------         -------------
<S>                                                                <C>                   <C>          
ASSETS:
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions ..............   $     373,097         $     331,047
Interest bearing deposits ......................................       7,236,506            48,346,076
Securities held for trading ....................................      42,545,318                    --
Securities available for sale, at market value .................     157,991,828           146,026,907
Loan portfolio, net ............................................     144,604,936            15,831,479
Discount loan portfolio, net ...................................      27,108,120            26,978,888
Investment in real estate, net .................................      58,865,764            45,430,039
Principal and interest receivable ..............................       5,082,838             2,518,272
Deposits on pending asset acquisitions .........................       3,003,500             1,000,000
Other assets ...................................................         913,363             1,540,633
                                                                   -------------         -------------
                                                                   $ 447,725,270         $ 288,003,341
                                                                   =============         =============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ...............   $  85,274,000         $          --
  Obligation outstanding under line of credit ..................      81,890,207                    --
  Dividends and distributions payable ..........................       4,825,000             7,458,750
  Accrued expenses, payables and other liabilities .............       5,624,848             6,344,783
                                                                   -------------         -------------
                                                                     177,614,055            13,803,533
                                                                   -------------         -------------

Minority interest ..............................................       5,753,797             2,941,541
                                                                   -------------         -------------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 7)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
     0 shares issued and outstanding ...........................              --                    --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized;
     19,125,000 shares issued; 18,965,000 shares outstanding ...         191,250               191,250
  Additional paid-in capital ...................................     283,496,750           283,496,750
  Distributions in excess of earnings ..........................     (17,352,824)           (2,107,331)
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale ......       1,016,754            (7,327,890)
  Treasury stock at cost (160,000 shares) ......................      (2,994,512)           (2,994,512)
                                                                   -------------         -------------
     Total shareholders' equity ................................     264,357,418           271,258,267
                                                                   -------------         -------------
                                                                   $ 447,725,270         $ 288,003,341
                                                                   =============         =============

        THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                                   3
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                          OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

Interest income:
  Repurchase agreements and interest bearing deposits .........   $    198,138
  Securities held for trading .................................     (2,637,259)
  Securities available for sale ...............................      4,648,582
  Loans .......................................................      1,240,807
  Discount loans ..............................................        902,777
                                                                  ------------
                                                                     4,353,045
                                                                  ------------
Interest expense:
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ..............        655,001
  Obligations outstanding under lines of credit ...............         28,548
  Other .......................................................         10,268
                                                                  ------------
                                                                       693,817
                                                                  ------------

  Net interest income before provision for loan losses ........      3,659,228
Provision for loan losses .....................................        105,073
                                                                  ------------
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses .........      3,554,155
                                                                  ------------

Operating income:
  Real estate investments, net ................................        796,104
  Other .......................................................          7,857
                                                                  ------------
                                                                       803,961
                                                                  ------------

Operating expenses:
  Management fees .............................................        828,881
  Due diligence expenses ......................................        192,689
  Foreign currency (gain) loss ................................       (116,953)
  Other .......................................................        189,655
                                                                  ------------
                                                                     1,094,272
                                                                  ------------

Loss on securities held for trading ...........................    (13,957,628)
                                                                  ------------

  (Loss) income before minority interest ......................    (10,693,784)
Minority interest in net loss (income) of 
  operating partnership .......................................        189,542
                                                                  ------------
     Net (loss) income ........................................   $(10,504,242)
                                                                  ============

Earnings per share:
     Basic ....................................................   $      (0.55)
                                                                  ============
     Diluted ..................................................   $      (0.54)
                                                                  ============


Weighted average shares outstanding:
     Basic ....................................................     18,965,000
                                                                  ============
     Diluted ..................................................     19,280,848
                                                                  ============

THE  ACCOMPANYING  NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL  PART OF THESE  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                              FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                        AND FOR THE PERIOD MAY 14, 1997 TO DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                                                                                         Unrealized
                                                                                                         gain(loss)
                                                                                                             on
                                            Common Stock                                 Distributions   securities
                                     -----------------------  Treasury     Additional      in excess     available
                                        Shares      Amount      stock    paid-in-capital  of earnings     for sale       Total
                                     -----------  ---------- ----------- --------------- -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>          
Issuance of common stock ...........  19,125,000  $  191,250  $       --  $ 283,496,750  $          --  $        --  $ 283,688,000

Repurchase of common stock .........    (160,000)         --  (2,994,512)            --             --           --     (2,994,512)

Net income .........................          --          --          --             --     11,791,518           --     11,791,518

Dividends ..........................          --          --          --             --    (13,898,849)          --    (13,898,849)

Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on securities available for sale..          --          --          --             --             --   (7,327,890)    (7,327,890)
                                     -----------  ---------- -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -------------

Balances at December 31, 1997 ......  18,965,000     191,250  (2,994,512)   283,496,750     (2,107,331)  (7,327,890)   271,258,267

Net loss ...........................          --          --          --             --    (10,504,242)          --    (10,504,242)

Dividends ..........................          --          --          --             --     (4,741,251)          --     (4,741,251)

Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on securities available for sale..          --          --          --             --             --    8,344,644      8,344,644
                                     -----------  ---------- -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -------------

Balances at March 31, 1998 .........  18,965,000  $  191,250 $(2,994,512) $ 283,496,750  $ (17,352,824) $ 1,016,754  $ 264,357,418
                                     ===========  ========== ===========  =============  =============  ===========  =============


                       THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                                                 5

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                      FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

<S>                                                                  <C>           
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss .......................................................   $ (10,504,242)
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
       Premium amortization (discount accretion), net .............       8,434,965
       Depreciation ...............................................         304,437
       Foreign exchange gain ......................................        (116,953)
       Provision for loan losses ..................................         105,073
       Loss on securities held for trading ........................      13,957,628
       Increase in interest receivable ............................      (2,564,566)
       Decrease in other assets ...................................         627,270
       Decrease in accrued expenses, payables and other liabilities        (719,935)
       Minority interest in net loss of operating partnership .....        (189,542)
                                                                      -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................       9,334,135
                                                                      -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchase of securities available for sale ......................     (72,771,240)
   Maturities and principal payments received on securities
     available for sale ...........................................       4,003,330
   Purchase of loans ..............................................    (129,054,935)
   Principal payments received from discount loans ................           6,915
   Principal payments received from loans .........................         366,932
   Investment in real estate ......................................     (13,740,162)
   Deposits on pending asset acquisitions .........................      (2,003,500)
                                                                      -------------
Net cash used by investing activities .............................    (213,192,660)
                                                                      -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Dividend payments on common stock ..............................      (7,458,750)
   Redemption of shares ...........................................      (3,085,548)
   Proceeds from sale of operating partnership units ..............       3,085,548
   Issuance of shares .............................................       3,085,548
   Increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase .....      85,274,000
   Increase in obligations outstanding under lines of credit ......      81,890,207
                                                                      -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities .........................     162,791,005
                                                                      -------------

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .........................     (41,067,520)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ..................      48,677,123
                                                                      -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ........................   $   7,609,603
                                                                      =============
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents at end of period:
   Cash and amounts due from depository institutions ..............         373,097
   Interest bearing deposits ......................................       7,236,506
                                                                      -------------
     Total ........................................................   $   7,609,603
                                                                      =============
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
   Common stock dividends and distributions declared but not paid..   $   4,825,000
                                                                      =============

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>

                                               6
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         MARCH 31, 1998


================================================================================

NOTE 1   BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The accompanying  unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in conformity  with the  instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10, Rule
10-01 of Regulation S-X for interim financial statements.  Accordingly,  they do
not include all of the information and footnotes  required by generally accepted
accounting   principles   ("GAAP")  for  complete  financial   statements.   The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ocwen Asset Investment
Corp.  ("OAC" or the  "Company")  and its  subsidiaries.  OAC directly  owns two
qualified  real estate  investment  trust ("REIT")  subsidiaries,  Ocwen General
Partner,  Inc. ("General Partner") and Ocwen Limited,  Inc. ("Limited Partner"),
among  others.   General   Partner  and  Limited  Partner  own  1%  and  97.26%,
respectively of Ocwen Partnership, L.P. ("Operating Partnership").  The minority
interest at March 31, 1998  represents a 1.74% interest  (335,000  units) in the
Operating  Partnership  held by Investors  Mortgage  Insurance  Holding  Company
("IMI"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Ocwen Financial Corporation ("Ocwen"). IMI
also owns 1,540,000 shares, or 8.12%, of the Company's outstanding common stock.

         In the opinion of management,  the  accompanying  financial  statements
contain all adjustments,  consisting of normal and recurring accruals, necessary
for a fair presentation of the Company's  financial  condition at March 31, 1998
and December 31, 1997,  the results of its operations for the three months ended
March 31, 1998, the changes in  shareholders'  equity for the three month period
ended March 31,  1998 and for the period May 14,  1997 to December  31, 1997 and
its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 1998.  Operating results for
the period ended March 31, 1998 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results
that may be  expected  for any other  interim  periods or the entire  year ended
December 31, 1998.

         In preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  management  is
required to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of
assets and liabilities at the dates of the statements of financial condition and
revenues and expenses for the periods covered.  Actual results could differ from
those estimates and assumptions.

NOTE 2   ORGANIZATION AND RELATIONSHIPS

         OAC was  incorporated  in the  Commonwealth  of Virginia on January 22,
1997 and was initially  capitalized on February 12, 1997 through the sale of 100
shares of common  stock for $1,600.  On May 14, 1997,  the Company  completed an
initial  public  offering  ("IPO") with the sale of 19,125,000  shares of common
stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share,  at a price of  $16.00  per  share  (before
underwriting and offering expenses), and commenced operations thereon.

         The Company has entered into a management  agreement with Ocwen Capital
Corporation  ("OCC"),  a wholly owned subsidiary of Ocwen Financial  Corporation
("Ocwen"), under which OCC advises the Company on various facets of its business
and  manages  its  day-to-day  operations,  subject  to the  supervision  of the
Company's Board of Directors.  OCC has 1,912,500 options (25% of which vest each
year over the next four years) to  purchase,  at the  election  of the  Company,
either shares of the Company or an  equivalent  number of units in the Operating
Partnership  at an exercise  price of $16.00 per share.  For its  services,  OCC
receives a base management fee of 1% per annum of average  invested  assets,  as
defined  in the  related  agreement,  payable  quarterly.  In  addition,  OCC is
entitled  to receive  incentive  compensation  in an amount  equal to 25% of the
dollar  amount by which Funds From  Operations  ("FFO"),  as  adjusted,  exceeds
certain defined levels.

                                       7

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         MARCH 31, 1998

================================================================================

NOTE 3   RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         In February  1997,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings per Share." SFAS No. 128  simplifies the
standards found in APB No. 15 for computing earnings per share ("EPS") and makes
them comparable to international standards.  Under SFAS No. 128, OAC is required
to  present  both  basic  and  diluted  EPS on the  face  of its  statements  of
operations.  Basic EPS,  which  replaces  primary EPS required by APB No. 15 for
entities with complex capital structures,  excludes common stock equivalents and
is  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common  stockholders  by  the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS
gives  effect to all  dilutive  potential  common  shares that were  outstanding
during the period.  SFAS No. 128 is effective for financial  statements for both
interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  1997  with  earlier
application not permitted.  The Company adopted SFAS No. 128 effective  December
31, 1997.

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 requires the inclusion of comprehensive  income, either in
a  separate  statement  for  comprehensive  income,  or as  part  of a  combined
statement of income and  comprehensive  income in a full-set of  general-purpose
financial statements. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of
a business  enterprise  during a period from  transactions  and other events and
circumstances,  excluding those resulting from investments by and  distributions
to  owners.  SFAS No.  130  requires  that  comprehensive  income  be  presented
beginning  with net  income,  adding the  elements of  comprehensive  income not
included in the determination of net income, to arrive at comprehensive  income.
SFAS No. 130 also requires that an enterprise display the accumulated balance of
other  comprehensive  income  separately  from retained  earnings and additional
paid-in capital in the equity section of a statement of financial position. SFAS
No. 130 is effective for the Company's  fiscal year  beginning  January 1, 1998.
SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of information  already  contained in the
Company's  financial  statements  and  therefore  did not have an  impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

        In June 1997,  the FASB also  issued SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  About
Segments of an Enterprise  and Related  Information."  SFAS No. 131  establishes
standards for the reporting of information  about  operating  segments by public
business  enterprises  in their annual and interim  financial  reports issued to
shareholders.  SFAS No. 131 requires that a public  business  enterprise  report
financial  and  descriptive  information,  including  profit  or  loss,  certain
specific  revenue and expense items,  and segment  assets,  about its reportable
operating  segments.   Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an
enterprise  about which  separate  financial  information  is available  that is
evaluated  regularly by the chief  operating  decision-maker  in deciding how to
allocate resources and in assessing  performance.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for
the Company's  financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after December 15,
1997.  SFAS No. 131 is a disclosure  requirement  and  therefore did not have an
effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of  operations  upon
adoption.

NOTE 4   INCOME TAXES

         The Company  qualifies as a REIT under  Sections 856 through 860 of the
Code of 1986, as amended. A REIT will generally not be subject to federal income
taxation on that portion of its income that is distributed to shareholders if it
distributes  at least 95% of its  taxable  income by the due date of its federal
income tax return and complies with certain other requirements.  Accordingly, no
provision  has been  made for  federal  income  taxes  for the  Company  and its
subsidiaries in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 5   COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive  income is  defined as the change in equity of a business
enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances,
excluding those resulting from investments by and distributions to owners.  SFAS
No. 130  requires  that  comprehensive  income be presented  beginning  with net
income,  adding  the  elements  of  comprehensive  income  not  included  in the
determination of net income,

                                       8
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         MARCH 31, 1998

================================================================================

to arrive at  comprehensive  income.  Comprehensive  income for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 amounts to a loss of $2.2 million.

NOTE 6   INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS

         In order to  match-fund  the  Company's  asset  base  with  anticipated
borrowings and thereby  minimize the impact from changes in net interest  income
due to changes in 1-month London Interbank  Offered Rate ("LIBOR"),  the Company
has entered into swaps.  Under swaps,  the Company  agrees with other parties to
exchange,  at  specified  intervals,   the  difference  between  fixed-rate  and
floating-rate  interest  amounts  calculated by reference to an agreed  notional
amount.  The terms of the swaps  provide  for the  Company to receive a floating
rate of interest  equal to LIBOR and to pay fixed interest  rates.  The notional
amount of the outstanding swap is amortized  (i.e.,  reduced) monthly based upon
estimated  prepayment  rates of the mortgages  underlying the  securities  being
hedged.  The terms of the  outstanding  and  committed  swaps at March 31,  1998
follow (Dollars in Thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Notional     LIBOR                  Floating Rate at
    Maturity          Amount      Index     Fixed Rate    End of Period      Fair Value
    --------         --------     -----     ----------   ----------------    ----------
<S>   <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>      
      2003           $100,000     1-month       5.75%          5.68%          $     900
</TABLE>

         The  1-month  LIBOR  was  5.68% on March  31,  1998.  The  terms of the
committed swaps at March 31, 1998 follow (Dollars in Thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Notional      LIBOR
    Effective     Maturity       Amount       Index       Fixed Rate     Fair Value
    ---------     --------      --------      -----       ----------     ----------
<S>    <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>       
       4/1          2001      $   17,000     1-month        6.00%         $     (44)
       4/2          2001          75,000     1-month        5.99%         $      93
       4/1          2002           8,780     1-month        6.04%         $     (31)
</TABLE>

NOTE 7   COMMITMENTS

         At March 31, 1998,  outstanding  commitments totaled $147.8 million and
included $80.4 million  related to the  acquisition of two residual  securities,
$34.6  million   related  to  the   origination  of  a  commercial  real  estate
construction  loan,  and $32.8  million of  subordinate  interests in commercial
mortgage-backed securities.

         Each of these  commitments  is subject to  various  closing  conditions
including, but not limited to, completion of satisfactory due diligence efforts,
the negotiation of definitive  purchase and sales agreements  and/or  conditions
the borrowers or sellers must satisfy prior to OAC funding the transactions.

NOTE 8   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         On February 17, 1998,  the Company sold 175,000  shares of common stock
for cash in an  aggregate  amount  of  approximately  $3.1  million  to  certain
officers and directors of the Company and Ocwen Financial Corporation ("Ocwen").
In connection with this stock issuance, a subsidiary of Ocwen sold a like number
of shares of the  Company's  common  stock to the Company and invested in a like
number of limited  partnership units of the Company's  operating  partnership in
order to comply with the stock ownership restrictions imposed on REITs under the
code.

                                       9
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

GENERAL

         The  Company  is a  Virginia  corporation  that was formed in the first
quarter of 1997, that has elected to be taxed as a real estate  investment trust
("REIT") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  and
that specializes in opportunistic real estate investments.

         As of March 31, 1998, OAC's total closed transactions since its initial
public offering,  net of repayments to date, is $511.0 million.  Of this amount,
$432.1  million  had been  funded  and $78.9  million  is to be funded  over the
construction and renovation periods, which range from 6 to 30 months.

        The  following  discussion  of  the  Company's   consolidated  financial
condition,  results from operations,  and capital resources and liquidity should
be read in conjunction with the Interim  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and
related Notes included in Item 1 hereof.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         On April 1, 1998, OAC purchased a $32.8 million subordinate  investment
in the "BB", "B" and unrated  classes of a commercial  mortgage-backed  security
issued in 1995. Ocwen Federal Bank FSB (the "Bank"),  a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of  Ocwen,  is the  special  servicer  of any  loans  which  are 60 days or more
delinquent.

         On April 8, 1998,  the Company  acquired,  an existing  536,000  square
foot,  22-story  Class-A  office  building  located  at 225 Bush  Street  in the
financial district of San Francisco,  California for $100.2 million in cash. The
building was purchased from Pacific Resources Development, Inc., an unaffiliated
third party (the  "Seller").  The  purchase  price was  determined  through arms
length negotiations between the Seller and OCC, and the source of funds for this
purchase by OAC was a $75.0 million loan from Salomon  Brothers Realty Corp. and
cash reserves on hand. OAC intends to continue to use the building for rentals.

         On April 24, 1998, OAC acquired securitized mortgage loan residuals for
(pound)33.7  million  (approximately  $55.0 million),  from Cityscape  Financial
Corp.  In addition,  OAC and Ocwen  entered  into an  agreement  for the Bank to
service the securitized mortgage loan residuals.

         On April 30,  1998,  OAC  purchased  a $59.7  million  investment  in a
residual security supported by a pool of 6,946 subprime mortgage loans. The Bank
is the master servicer of the loans.

         On May 1, 1998,  OAC's common stock began trading on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "OAC".  OAC,  which had traded on the NASDAQ  National
Market System under the symbol "OAIC" since May, 1997, was delisted from trading
on NASDAQ on the same date.

         On  May 1,  1998,  OAC  purchased  a  $13.25  million  investment  in a
subordinate  security  supported  by a pool of 7,474  single-family  residential
mortgages the Bank is the master servicer of the loans.

         On May 7, 1998,  OAC sold its entire  portfolio  of  interest-only  and
inverse  interest-only  securities  (together,  "IOs")  at  amortized  cost plus
accrued  interest  for cash in the amount of $54.6  million to William C. Erbey,
Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of OAC, and Barry N. Wish, a director of
Ocwen.  The amortized  cost of the IO portfolio at April 30, 1998,  exceeded the
market value by approximately $14.0 million. Because the IOs are being sold to a
principal  shareholder and another related party,  the amount by which amortized
cost  exceeds  market  value has been  recorded as a charge to earnings  for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998, in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  The cash  received in excess of market  value will be  reflected on
OAC's books as a capital contribution,  effectively  reestablishing OAC's equity
position. The charge with respect to the IO portfolio

                                       10
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

in the month of April will impact FFO by approximately $0.01 to $0.03 per share.
The sale of the IO  portfolio  is expected  to  generate a capital  loss for tax
purposes that will be deductible in future  periods  against  long-term  capital
gains.

         On May 7, 1998, OAC's operating partnership issued 1,495,436 additional
partnership  units  to IMI in  exchange  for a  capital  contribution  of  $24.9
million.

FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS

         Most  industry  analysts,   including  the  Company,  consider  FFO  an
appropriate  supplementary  measure of operating performance of a REIT. However,
FFO does not represent cash provided by operating  activities in accordance with
generally accepted  accounting  principles ("GAAP") and should not be considered
an  alternative  to net income as an  indication of the results of the Company's
performance  or to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.  In 1995,  the National
Association  of  Real  Estate  Investment  Trusts  ("NAREIT")   established  new
guidelines  clarifying its definition of FFO and requested that REITs adopt this
new  definition  beginning in 1996.  The following  table computes FFO under the
NAREIT definition.  FFO consists of net income applicable to common shareholders
(computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) excluding
gains  (losses)  from  debt  restructuring  and  sales  of  property  (including
furniture and equipment) plus real estate related  depreciation and amortization
(excluding  amortization of deferred  financing costs) and after adjustments for
unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

         For the  quarter  ended  March 31,  1998,  the  Company's  FFO was $3.8
million or $0.19 per diluted  weighted average common share. The following table
sets forth the calculation of the Company's FFO for the period.

                                                         For the Three Months
                                                         Ended March 31, 1998
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)

Net income..............................................      $     (10,504)
Add: Real estate related depreciation...................                304
     Non-recurring loss on IO portfolio.................             13,958
                                                              -------------
FFO ....................................................      $       3,758
                                                              =============

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding.............         19,280,848
                                                              =============

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The Company  completed an initial  public  offering on May 14, 1997 and
commenced  operations  thereon.  The Company incurred a net loss for the quarter
ended March 31, 1998 of $10.5  million,  or $0.54 per diluted  weighted  average
common  share.   The  loss  for  the  first  quarter  was   attributable   to  a
mark-to-market loss of $14.0 million on OAC's portfolio of IOs held for trading,
in addition to write-downs on the IOs totaling $3.1 million for the quarter. See
also "Recent Developments" in this Item 2.

                                       11

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         The Company is engaged in a variety of real estate and mortgage-related
investment  activities,  investing  primarily  in  mortgage-related  securities,
commercial real estate, commercial discount loans and commercial and residential
loans. The following table presents the  contribution by investment  activity to
the Company's net income before minority interest as of March 31, 1998.

(Dollars in Thousands)                                  Amount             %
- ---------------------------------------------------  --------------     -------
Mortgage-related securities and other
  short-term investments...........................  $    (12,864)      (120)%
Commercial real estate.............................           792          7
Commercial discount loans..........................           562          5
Commercial and residential loans...................           816          8
                                                     ------------        ---
                                                     $    (10,694)       100%
                                                     ============        ===

         INTEREST INCOME.  The following table sets forth information  regarding
the total  amount of  income  from  interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant
average  yields.  Information  is based on daily  average  balances  during  the
reported period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              For the Three Months
                                                              Ended March 31, 1998
                                                           --------------------------
                                                            Average         Interest       Annualized
(Dollars in Thousands)                                      Balance          Income          Yield
- -------------------------------------------------------    ----------      ----------      ----------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>                 <C>  
Repurchase agreements and interest-bearing deposits...     $   14,035      $      198          5.71%
Securities held for trading...........................         53,950          (2,637)       (19.82)
Securities available for sale.........................        133,328           4,649         14.14
Loan portfolio........................................         47,691           1,241         10.55
Discount loan portfolio...............................         26,929             902        *13.60
                                                           ----------      ----------
   Total..............................................     $  275,933      $    4,353        * 6.40%
                                                           ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

* As revised

         The  negative  yield on  securities  held  for  trading  was  primarily
attributable  to declining  interest rates and resulted in increased  prepayment
speeds,  and  permanent  write-downs  on the IOs  totaling  $3.1 million for the
quarter.  The decline in value of the IO portfolio during the quarter stems from
increased  prepayments of the underlying  mortgages as a result of a decrease in
market interest rates. Subsequent to March 31, 1998, the Company sold its entire
IO portfolio to William C. Erbey,  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of OAC,
and Barry N. Wish, a director of Ocwen. See "Recent Developments" above.

         INTEREST EXPENSE. The following table sets forth information  regarding
the  total  amount  of  interest   expense   associated  with   interest-bearing
liabilities  and the  resultant  average  rates.  Information  is based on daily
average balances during the reported period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              For the Three Months
                                                              Ended March 31, 1998
                                                           --------------------------
                                                            Average         Interest       Annualized
(Dollars in Thousands)                                      Balance         Expense          Yield
- -------------------------------------------------------    ----------      ----------      ----------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>                 <C>  
Securities sold under agreements to 
  repurchase and other................................     $   39,577      $      665          6.81%
Obligation outstanding under line of credit...........          1,820              29          6.36
                                                           ----------      ----------
   Total..............................................     $   41,397      $      694          6.79%
                                                           ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

         OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income is comprised  primarily of $796,000
in income  earned on  investments  in real estate  during the three months ended
March 31, 1998. Such income represents rental income,  net of operating expenses
and  depreciation,  generated  from the  Company's  investment  in three  office
buildings located in California and a retail shopping center located in Florida.

                                       12
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Management  fees totaling  $829,000 for the first
quarter of 1998 were comprised  solely of the base  management fee (1% per annum
of average  invested assets) earned by OCC pursuant to the terms of a management
agreement entered into between the Company and Ocwen. OCC advises the Company on
various facets of its business and manages its day-to-day operations, subject to
the supervision of the Company's  Board of Directors.  See Note 1 to the Interim
Consolidated  Financial  Statements included in Item 1 hereof. In addition,  the
Company incurred due diligence expenses of $193,000 in connection with its asset
acquisitions.  Foreign  currency  gain for the period of $117,000 is a result of
the  declining  U.S.  dollar  versus  the  Canadian  dollar  and  relates to the
Company's  investment in a Canadian commercial discount loan. See "Discount Loan
Portfolio."  Other  expenses  of  $190,000  were  comprised  of  auditing  fees,
insurance premiums and other miscellaneous expenses.

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION

         GENERAL.  From  December  31,  1997 to March  31,  1998,  total  assets
increased  $159.7 million or 55% to $447.7 million.  This increase was primarily
due to a $128.8 million increase in the loan portfolio, a $42.5 million increase
in securities held for trading,  a $13.4 million increase in investments in real
estate, and a $12.0 million increase in securities available for sale, offset by
a  $41.1  million  decrease  in  interest-bearing  deposits.  Total  liabilities
increased  $163.8  million  during the  period,  primarily  as a result of $85.3
million of securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase and an $81.9 million
obligation outstanding under a line of credit.

         REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND INTEREST-EARNING  DEPOSITS. At March 31, 1998
total interest earning  deposits  amounted to $7.2 million or 2% of total assets
and were  comprised  of deposits at various  banks.  Interest  bearing  deposits
declined by $41.1 million or 85% from  December 31, 1997 to March 31, 1998.  The
change is due to the  reinvestment of cash and cash  equivalents  into long term
assets.

         Although the Company had no repurchase  agreements at March 31, 1998 or
December 31, 1997,  it enters into such  agreements  from time to time. In these
transactions,  the Company purchases securities from a counterparty,  and agrees
to sell the  securities  back to the  counterparty  at a specified  future date.
Repurchase agreements are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be
subsequently  resold to the counterparty plus accrued interest,  as specified in
the respective agreements.  The securities purchased are held in custody for the
benefit of the Company.  All of the  transactions are in United States agency or
investment grade securities.  The Company's  exposure to credit risks associated
with the  non-performance  of  counterparties  in fulfilling  their  contractual
obligations can be directly  impacted by market  fluctuations,  which may impair
the counterparties'  ability to satisfy their obligations.  The Company monitors
the market value of the underlying  securities relative to the amounts due under
the agreements and, when necessary,  requires  prompt  additional  collateral or
reduction in loan balance to ensure that the market value remains  sufficient to
protect itself in the event of default by the counterparty.

         The Company earned  interest income of $198,000 during the three months
ended March 31,  1998,  from its  investment  in interest  bearing  deposits and
repurchase  agreements.  Of such income,  $43,000 was earned from investments in
repurchase agreements.


                                       13
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         SECURITIES HELD FOR TRADING.  Securities held for trading  purposes are
carried at market value with  unrealized  gains or losses  included in earnings.
The Company's  investment in securities held for trading were  transferred  from
the available for sale category on March 31, 1998 and were comprised entirely of
mortgage-related IOs as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      March 31,         December 31,
                                                        1998                1997
                                                   -------------       -------------
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>          
Mortgage-related securities:
  Single family residential:
     FHLMC interest only.......................... $      18,797       $          --
     FNMA interest only...........................        22,837                  --
     AAA-rated interest only......................           911                  --
                                                   -------------       -------------
       Total...................................... $      42,545       $          --
                                                   =============       =============
</TABLE>

         Unrealized  losses on the IO portfolio during the first quarter of 1998
amounted  to $14.0  million,  in addition to  permanent  write-downs  on the IOs
totaling $3.1 million for the quarter.  The decline in value of the IO portfolio
during the quarter stems from increased  prepayments of the underlying mortgages
as a result of a decrease in market interest  rates. As noted above,  subsequent
to March  31,  1998 the  Company  sold its  entire  IO  portfolio.  See  "Recent
Developments."

         SECURITIES   AVAILABLE   FOR  SALE.   The   Company's   investment   in
mortgage-related  securities  available for sale of $158.0  million at March 31,
1998  includes  $1.0  million of net  unrealized  gains,  which was  included in
shareholders' equity. The Company's securities available for sale were comprised
of the following at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      March 31,       December 31,
                                                        1998              1997
                                                   -------------     -------------
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>          
Mortgage-related securities:
  Single family residential:
     FHLMC interest-only.......................... $          --     $      21,178
     FNMA interest-only...........................            --            22,573
     AAA-rated interest-only......................            --               729
     Subordinates.................................        69,028             9,444
                                                   -------------     -------------
                                                          69,028            53,924
                                                   -------------     -------------

  Multi-family residential and commercial:
     AAA-rated interest-only......................           810               866
     A-rated interest-only........................           455               480
     Non-rated interest-only......................         4,835             4,803
     Subordinates.................................        82,864            85,954
                                                   -------------     -------------
                                                          88,964            92,103
                                                   -------------     -------------

       Total...................................... $     157,992     $     146,027
                                                   =============     =============
</TABLE>

         The increase in securities  available for sale of $12.0 million  during
the quarter ended March 31,1998 is due to purchases of $72.8 million and a $ 8.3
million  increase in unrealized  gains,  offset in part by the transfer of $56.5
million of IOs to the held for trading  category  (see  above),  $4.0 million of
principal payments and maturities, and $8.6 million of net premium amortization.
Purchases  during the quarter include a $51.6 million  investment in subordinate
IOs  supported by a pool of 6,309  subprime  mortgage  loans and an $8.5 million
investment  in  residual  securities  issued from a  securitization  of subprime
mortgage loans.

                                       14
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         LOAN  PORTFOLIO.  The Company's  investment in loans amounted to $144.6
million at March 31,  1998, a $128.8  million  increase  over the $15.8  million
investment at December 31, 1997. The following  table sets forth the composition
of the Company's loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated:

                                                      March 31      December 31,
                                                        1998            1997
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)

   Single-family residential......................  $   105,943     $     6,465
   Multi-family residential.......................       61,335           3,455
    Commercial real estate:
      Office......................................       33,057          33,058
      Hotel.......................................       20,952          20,952
                                                    -----------     -----------
       Total loans................................      221,287          63,930
   Deferred origination fees......................        2,348            (459)
   Undisbursed loan proceeds......................      (78,925)        (47,640)
   Allowance for loan losses......................         (105)             --
                                                    -----------     -----------
     Loans, net...................................  $   144,605     $    15,831
                                                    ===========     ===========



                                       15

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         The following table sets forth the activity in the Company's gross loan
portfolio during the periods indicated.

                                                  Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                              1998
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    Balance        No. of Loans
                                                -------------     --------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

Balance at beginning of period...............     $    63,930             52
Originations:
   Multi-family loans........................          57,880 (1)          2
Purchases:
   Single family residential loans...........          99,843 (2)        995

Principal repayments.........................            (366)            --
                                                  -----------         ------
   Net increase in loans.....................         157,357            997
                                                  -----------         ------
Balance at end of period.....................     $   221,287          1,049
                                                  ===========         ======

(1)      Originations  of  multi-family  residential  loans  during the  quarter
         include a $30.3 million  commercial  real estate  construction  loan to
         acquire and  convert a 155,000  square  foot  office  building  into 52
         luxury  loft-style  residential  condominiums  with  a  parking  garage
         located in the historic Tribeca area of Manhattan, New York.

(2)      Purchases of single  family  residential  loans during the quarter were
         primarily  comprised  of three pools (923 loans) of  residential  whole
         loans having an unpaid principal balance of $91.8 million.

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  relating to the
payment status of loans in the Company's loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                                      March 31      December 31,
                                                        1998            1997
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)

Past due less than 31 days.......................... $   219,324    $   63,661
Past due 31 days to 89 days.........................       1,583            --
Past due 90 days or more............................         380           269
                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                     $   221,287    $   63,930
                                                     ===========    ==========

         DISCOUNT LOAN PORTFOLIO. The following table sets forth the composition
of the Company's discount loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.


                                                       March 31     December 31,
                                                         1998           1997
                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)

Commercial real estate loans:
   Office........................................... $     9,202    $   11,893
   Retail...........................................      33,510        30,636
                                                      ----------    ----------
     Total unpaid principal balance.................      42,712        42,529
Unaccreted discount.................................     (15,604)      (15,550)
                                                      ----------    ----------
   Discount loans, net.............................. $    27,108    $   26,979
                                                     ===========    ==========

                                       16
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  relating to the
payment  status of loans in the Company's  discount loan  portfolio at the dates
indicated.

                                                       March 31     December 31,
                                                         1998           1997
                                                     -----------    ------------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
Past due less than 31 days.........................  $    7,957     $     7,964
Past due 31 days to 89 days........................          --              --
Past due 90 days or more...........................      34,755          34,565
                                                     ----------     -----------
                                                     $   42,712     $    42,529
                                                     ==========     ===========

         ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN LOSSES. The Company maintains an allowance for loan
losses at a level which management  considers  adequate to provide for potential
losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent  risks. At March 31, 1998,
the Company had provided an allowance for loan losses in the amount of $105,000,
on the loan  portfolio.  At December 31, 1997,  no allowance for loan losses had
been provided.

         INVESTMENT IN REAL ESTATE.  The Company's net investment in real estate
increased to $58.9  million at March 31, 1998 from $45.4 million at December 31,
1998 and is comprised of the following properties:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Acquisition
  Date Acquired    Property             Location              Square Feet   Property Type       Cost
  -------------    --------             --------              -----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                <C>                  <C>                      <C>        <C>             <C> 
    09/03/97       10 U.N. Plaza        San Francisco, CA         68,560    Office Bldg.     $   9,095
    09/23/97       450 Sansome St.      San Francisco, CA        123,099    Office Bldg.        17,251
    11/10/97       Cortez Plaza         Bradenton, FL            289,686    Shopping Ctr.       19,288
    01/23/98       690 Market St. (1)   San Francisco, CA        124,688    Office Bldg.        13,715
                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                                59,349
                                                               Accumulated Depreciation           (483)
                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                             $  58,866
                                                                                             =========
</TABLE>

(1)      The building is 83% leased with 40% of the building becoming  available
         for re-leasing by the end of 1998.

         The Company's current overall strategy with respect to these properties
is to renovate and  reposition the facilities and target full floor tenants with
five to ten year lease terms.  The Company  estimates  that over the next twelve
months it will spend approximately $8.0 million in capital improvements,  tenant
improvements  and leasing  commissions  to  renovate  and  reposition  the above
properties.  Repositioning is intended to result in rents, upon re-leasing, that
are greater than the current rents at the sites.

         SECURITIES SOLD UNDER  AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE.  Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase increased to $85.3 million at March 31, 1998 from $0 at
December  31, 1997.  The Company  periodically  enters into sales of  securities
under  agreements  to  repurchase  the  same  securities   (reverse   repurchase
agreements). Fixed coupon reverse repurchase agreements with maturities of three
months or less are treated as  financings,  and the  obligations  to  repurchase
securities  sold are reflected as a liability in the  accompanying  consolidated
statements of financial condition.  All securities underlying reverse repurchase
agreements are reflected as assets in the accompanying  consolidated  statements
of  financial   condition  and  are  held  in  safekeeping  by   broker/dealers.
Mortgage-related  securities  at amortized  cost of $147.4  million and a market
value of $134.8  million were posted as  collateral  for  securities  sold under
agreements to repurchase at March 31, 1998.

         OBLIGATION  OUTSTANDING  UNDER LINE OF CREDIT.  Obligation  outstanding
under a line of credit  amounted to $81.9  million at March 31, 1998 as compared
to $0 at December 31, 1997 and represents  borrowings having a one-year term and
interest  rates that float in  accordance  with a  designated  prime  rate.  See
"Capital Resources and Liquidity."

         MINORITY  INTEREST.  At March 31, 1998,  minority interest totaled $5.8
million and  represents  Ocwen's  ownership  of 335,000  units in the  Operating
Partnership.  On February  17, 1998,  the Company 

                                       17
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

sold  175,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  cash in an  aggregate  amount  of
approximately  $3.1 million to certain officers and directors of the Company and
Ocwen. In connection with this stock issuance,  IMI sold a like number of shares
of the  Company's  common  stock to the Company and invested in a like number of
units in the Operating  Partnership in order to comply with the stock  ownership
restrictions  imposed on real estate investment trusts under the Code. See Notes
1 and 8 to the  Interim  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included in Item 1
hereof.

         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY. Stockholders' equity decreased by $6.9 million to
$264.4  million at March 31, 1998. The decrease in  stockholders'  equity during
this period was  attributable to a net loss of $10.5 million and $4.7 million of
dividends  on common  stock,  offset by an $8.3 million  increase in  unrealized
gains on  securities  available  for sale.  See the  Consolidated  Statement  of
Changes in Stockholders' Equity in the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Item 1 hereof.

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

         Liquidity is a measurement  of the Company's  ability to meet potential
cash  requirements,  including  ongoing  commitments to repay  borrowings,  fund
investments,  engage in loan  acquisition  and lending  activities and for other
general business purposes.  Additionally, to maintain its status as a REIT under
the Code,  the  Company  must  distribute  annually  at least 95% of its taxable
income.  The primary  sources of funds for  liquidity  during the first  quarter
consisted of the proceeds from the Company's  initial public offering,  net cash
provided  by  operating  activities,  reverse  repurchase  agreements  and other
secured  borrowings,  maturities and principal  payments on loans and securities
and proceeds from loan resolutions thereof.

         Cash and cash  equivalents  were $7.6  million at March 31,  1998.  The
Company's  operating  activities  provided cash flows of $9.3 million during the
quarter ended March 31, 1998. The Company's investing activities used cash flows
of $213.2  million  during  quarter  ended March 31, 1998.  During the foregoing
period,  cash flows from  investing  activities  were used primarily to purchase
securities  available for sale, loans and commercial real estate.  The Company's
financing  activities  provided cash flows of $162.8  million during the quarter
ended  March 31,  1998 and  consisted  of  proceeds  from  lines of  credit  and
repurchase  agreements  of $167.2  million,  $3.1 million net proceeds  from the
issuance of units, net of $7.5 million of dividends paid during the period.

         The  Company  expects  to meet its  short-term  liquidity  requirements
generally  through its working  capital and net cash  provided by operating  and
financing  activities.  The Company also had $43.1 million  available  under its
existing  line of credit with Merrill Lynch  Mortgage  Capital Inc. at March 31,
1998. Additionally, on April 24, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement for
a line of credit with Greenwich Capital Financial Products Inc. in the principal
amount  of  (pound)19.0   million  ($32.1  million)  to  finance  the  Cityscape
residuals.  The  Company  believes  that  its net  cash  provided  by  operating
activities  will be  sufficient  to allow the Company to make the  distributions
necessary for continued benefit from qualification as a REIT.

         The Company expects to meet certain  long-term  liquidity  requirements
such as property and security  acquisitions  and loan  originations by obtaining
various third-party  borrowings and has entered into discussions with respect to
obtaining such borrowings. Additionally, as discussed above, the Company intends
to execute a  securitization  of its loan  portfolio  and use the  proceeds  for
further  acquisitions.  Further,  as the Company has previously  stated,  it may
consider seeking  additional  sources of equity.  The Company believes that such
new,  as well as its  existing,  sources  of  liquidity,  including  third-party
borrowings  currently being pursued and possible  additional  equity  infusions,
will be adequate to fund planned activities for the foreseeable future, although
there can be no assurances  in this regard.  In the event the Company was unable
to effect such  third-party  borrowings,  securitization,  or additional  equity
infusions,  its liquidity  could be constrained and the impact on its results of
operations, financial condition, and FFO could be significant.

                                       18
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

================================================================================

REIT STATUS

         The Company has  qualified and intends to continue to qualify as a REIT
under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Qualification  for
treatment as a REIT  requires the Company to meet  certain  criteria,  including
certain requirements  regarding the nature of its ownership,  assets, income and
distributions of taxable income. A REIT will generally not be subject to federal
income  taxation  on that  portion  of its  income  that is  distributed  to its
shareholders  if it  distributes  at least 95 percent of its taxable  income and
meets certain other income and asset tests.  The Company has until the filing of
its tax return to satisfy the distribution requirement.  Since the Company plans
to distribute 100% of its taxable income, no provision has been made for federal
income taxes for the Company and its  subsidiaries in the  accompanying  interim
consolidated  financial  statements.  As taxable income is finalized and the tax
return  is  filed,  an  additional  distribution  may be  required  which may be
significant.  The Company may be subject to tax at normal corporate rates on net
income or capital gains not distributed.

         The  Company  intends  to  conduct  its  business  so as not to  become
regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the
"Investment  Company Act").  The Investment  Company Act exempts  entities that,
directly or through majority-owned  subsidiaries,  are "primarily engaged in the
business of purchasing or otherwise  acquiring  mortgages and other liens on and
interests in real estate" ("Qualifying Interests"). Under current interpretation
by the staff of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  in order to
qualify for this exemption,  the Company,  among other things,  must maintain at
least 55% of its assets in  Qualifying  Interests  and also may be  required  to
maintain an additional 25% in Qualifying  Interests or other real estate-related
assets.  Therefore, the type and amount of assets the Company may acquire may be
limited by the Investment Company Act.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         CERTAIN  STATEMENTS  CONTAINED  HEREIN ARE NOT, AND CERTAIN  STATEMENTS
CONTAINED  IN FUTURE  FILINGS BY THE COMPANY  WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION,  IN THE COMPANY'S PRESS RELEASES OR IN THE COMPANY'S OTHER PUBLIC OR
SHAREHOLDER  COMMUNICATIONS,  MAY  NOT BE  BASED  ON  HISTORICAL  FACTS  AND ARE
"FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED,  AND SECTION 21E OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1934,  AS
AMENDED.   THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING   STATEMENTS,   WHICH  ARE  BASED  ON  VARIOUS
ASSUMPTIONS (SOME OF WHICH ARE BEYOND THE COMPANY'S CONTROL),  MAY BE IDENTIFIED
BY REFERENCE TO A FUTURE PERIOD(S) OR BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING  TERMINOLOGY
SUCH AS "ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE," "COMMITMENT,"  "CONSIDER," "CONTINUE," "COULD,"
"ENCOURAGE,"   "ESTIMATE,"   "EXPECT,"   "INTEND,"  "MAY,"  "PLAN,"   "PRESENT,"
"PROPOSE," "PROSPECT," "WILL," FUTURE OR CONDITIONAL VERB TENSES, SIMILAR TERMS,
VARIATIONS  ON SUCH TERMS OR  NEGATIVES  OF SUCH  TERMS.  ALTHOUGH  THE  COMPANY
BELIEVES THE ANTICIPATED RESULTS OR OTHER EXPECTATIONS REFLECTED IN SUCH FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON REASONABLE ASSUMPTIONS, IT CAN GIVE NO ASSURANCE
THAT THOSE RESULTS OR EXPECTATIONS WILL BE ATTAINED. ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE  INDICATED IN SUCH STATEMENTS DUE TO RISKS,  UNCERTAINTIES
AND CHANGES WITH RESPECT TO A VARIETY OF FACTORS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
INTERNATIONAL,  NATIONAL,  REGIONAL OR LOCAL ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENTS (PARTICULARLY
IN THE MARKET AREAS WHERE THE COMPANY OPERATES),  GOVERNMENT FISCAL AND MONETARY
POLICIES  (PARTICULARLY  IN  THE  MARKET  AREAS  WHERE  THE  COMPANY  OPERATES),
PREVAILING INTEREST OR CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES, GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AFFECTING
REAL  ESTATE  INVESTMENT  TRUSTS,  COMPETITIVE  PRODUCTS  AND  PRICING,  CREDIT,
PREPAYMENT,  BASIS AND ASSET/LIABILITY RISKS, LOAN SERVICING EFFECTIVENESS,  THE
COURSE OF  NEGOTIATIONS  AND THE ABILITY TO REACH  AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE
MATERIAL  TERMS  OF  ANY  PARTICULAR  TRANSACTION,  SATISFACTORY  DUE  DILIGENCE
RESULTS,  SATISFACTION  OR  FULFILLMENT  OF AGREED UPON TERMS AND  CONDITIONS OF
CLOSING OR PERFORMANCE, THE TIMING OF TRANSACTION CLOSINGS, ACQUISITIONS AND THE
INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED  BUSINESSES,  THE FINANCIAL AND SECURITIES MARKETS,  THE
AVAILABILITY OF AND COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH OBTAINING  ADEQUATE AND TIMELY SOURCES
OF  LIQUIDITY,  DEPENDENCE  ON  EXISTING  SOURCES OF  FUNDING,  AVAILABILITY  OF
DISCOUNT  LOANS FOR  PURCHASE,  SIZE AND  NATURE  OF THE  SECONDARY  MARKET  FOR
MORTGAGE LOANS AND OF THE MARKET FOR SECURITIZATIONS,  GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS
OF ASSETS (TEMPORARY OR OTHERWISE), OTHER FACTORS GENERALLY UNDERSTOOD TO AFFECT
THE REAL  ESTATE  ACQUISITION,  MORTGAGE  AND  LEASING  MARKETS  AND  SECURITIES
INVESTMENTS, AND OTHER RISKS DETAILED FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE COMPANY'S REPORTS
AND FILINGS WITH THE SEC, INCLUDING ITS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON FORM S-11 AND
PERIODIC  REPORTS ON FORMS 10-Q,  8-K AND 10-K.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE,
AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OBLIGATION,  TO PUBLICLY RELEASE THE RESULT(S) OF
ANY REVISIONS WHICH MAY BE MADE TO ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT THE
OCCURRENCE OF ANTICIPATED OR  UNANTICIPATED  EVENTS OR  CIRCUMSTANCES  AFTER THE
DATE OF SUCH STATEMENTS.

                                       19
<PAGE>

ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

================================================================================

         Information  required  by this Item  appears  in Note 6 to the  Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements included in item 1 hereof, and is incorporated
herein by reference.


                                       20
<PAGE>


                            PART II OTHER INFORMATION


Item 2.  Changes in Securities


         Incorporated  by  reference  herein is Note 8 to the Interim  Financial
Statements  (Unaudited)  included  in Item 1 hereof and  "Changes  in  Financial
Condition-Minority  Interest"  included in Item 2 hereof.  These securities were
issued pursuant to the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

         (a)      Exhibits

                  3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (1)

                  3.2      By laws (1)

                  4.1      Form of Common Stock Certificate (1)

                  10.1     First  Amended  and  Restated  Management   Agreement
                           (filed herewith)

                  10.2     Form of Registration Rights Agreement (1)

                  10.3     Third  Amended  and  Restated  Agreement  of  Limited
                           Partnership   of  Ocwen   Partnership   L.P.   (filed
                           herewith)

                  10.4     Form of Stock Option Plan (1)

                  10.5     Purchase and Sale  Agreement  between  Ocwen  Capital
                           Corporation and Pacific Resources  Development,  Inc.
                           as of March 31, 1998 (2).

                  10.6     Assignment and Assumption  Agreement,  dated April 7,
                           1998, by and between Ocwen  Capital  Corporation  and
                           OAIC Bush Street, LLC (2)

                  10.7     Loan  Agreement  between  OAIC Bush  Street,  LLC and
                           Soloman Brothers Realty Corp. as of April 7, 1998 (2)

                  10.8     Loan   Agreement   between  OAIC  and  Merrill  Lynch
                           Mortgage  Capital  Inc.  as of  March  30,1998 (filed
                           herewith)

                  10.9     Loan Agreement  between OAIC and Greenwich  Financial
                           Products Inc. as of April 24, 1998 (filed herewith).

                  27.1     Financial Data Schedule - For the quarter ended March
                           31, 1998

                           (1)   Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  similarly
                           described   exhibit  filed  in  connection  with  the
                           Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-11 (File
                           No. 333-21965), as amended, declared effective by the
                           Commission on May 14, 1997.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                           (2)   Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  similarly
                           described   exhibit  filed  in  connection  with  the
                           Registrant's  Current  Report on Form  8-K,  as filed
                           with the Commission on April 22, 1998.

         (b)      Reports on Form 8-K filed  during the quarter  ended March 31,
                  1998

                  (1)      A Form 8-K was filed by the  Company on  January  28,
                           1998,  which contained a news release  announcing the
                           Company's  financial  results  for the  three  months
                           ended  December  31, 1997 and the period May 19, 1997
                           to December 31, 1997.

                  (2)      A Form 8-K was filed by the  Company on  February  9,
                           1998,  which contained a news release  announcing the
                           Company's January investment activity.

                  (3)      A Form 8-K was  filed  by the  Company  on March  23,
                           1998,  which contained a news release  announcing the
                           Company's  first  quarter 1998  dividend and February
                           1998 investment activity.

                   (4)     A form 8-K was filed by the  Company  on May  12,1998
                           which   contained  a  news  release   announcing  the
                           Company's  financial  results  for the  three  months
                           ended March 31,1998 the sale of its IO portfolio, and
                           additional capital investments.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                    SIGNATURE



         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                     Ocwen Asset Investment Corp.



                      
                     By:  /s/ Mark S. Zeidman
                          -----------------------------------------------------
                              Mark S. Zeidman
                              Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                              (On behalf of the Registrant and as its
                              principal financial officer)





Date: May 15, 1998


                                       23




                           FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT,  dated as of May 12, 1997 by and  between  OCWEN ASSET
INVESTMENT  CORP.,  a Virginia  corporation  (the "REIT" and  together  with its
subsidiaries,   the  "Company"),   and  OCWEN  CAPITAL  CORPORATION,  a  Florida
corporation  (the  "Manager") and amended and restated in its entirety as of May
5, 1998;

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  intends  to invest in  Subordinated  Interests,
Distressed  Real  Property,  MBS and other real  estate  related  assets  ("REIT
Investments")  and expects to qualify for the tax benefits  accorded by Sections
856 through 860 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code");
and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Manager to acquire, sell and
otherwise  manage the  investments of the Company and to perform  administrative
services for the Company in the manner and on the terms set forth herein;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual  agreements  herein set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
shall have the respective  meanings  assigned them in the Prospectus of the REIT
dated May 14, 1997. In addition,  the following terms have the meanings assigned
them.

         (a)      "Agreement" means this Management  Agreement,  as amended from
time to time.

         (b)      "Closing  Date"  means the date of  closing  of the  Company's
initial public offering of common stock.

         (c)      "Governing  Instruments"  means the articles of  incorporation
and bylaws in the case of a  corporation,  or the  partnership  agreement in the
case of a partnership.

         (d)      "Subsidiary"  means  any  subsidiary  of the  Company  and any
partnership,  the general  partner of which is the Company or any  subsidiary of
the Company.

         SECTION 2.  DUTIES OF THE MANAGER.

         (a)      The Manager at all times will be subject to the supervision of
the Company's Board of Directors and will have only such functions and authority
as the Company  may  delegate to it. The  Manager  will be  responsible  for the
day-to-day operations of the Company and will perform (or cause to be performed)
such  services  and  activities  relating  to the assets and  operations  of the
Company as may be appropriate, including:

<PAGE>

                  (i)    serving as the  Company's  consultant  with  respect to
         formulation of investment criteria and preparation of policy Guidelines
         by the Board of Directors;

                  (ii)   representing   the  Company  in  connection   with  the
         purchase and commitment to purchase assets,  the sale and commitment to
         sell assets, and the maintenance and administration of its portfolio of
         assets;

                  (iii)  furnishing   reports  and   statistical   and  economic
         research to the Company  regarding  the  Company's  activities  and the
         services performed for the Company by the Manager;

                  (iv)   monitoring  and  providing to the Board of Directors on
         an ongoing  basis  price  information  and other  data,  obtained  from
         certain  nationally  recognized dealers that maintain markets in assets
         identified by the Board of Directors  from time to time,  and providing
         data and  advice  to the  Board of  Directors  in  connection  with the
         identification of such dealers;

                  (v)    providing the executive  and  administrative  personnel
         and office space and office services required in rendering  services to
         the Company;

                  (vi)   administering the day-to-day  operations of the Company
         and  performing  and   supervising   the   performance  of  such  other
         administrative  functions necessary in the management of the Company as
         may be agreed upon by the Manager and the Board of Directors, including
         the  collection of revenues and the payment of the Company's  debts and
         obligations and maintenance of appropriate computer services to perform
         such administrative functions;

                  (vii)  communicating on behalf of the Company with the holders
         of any equity or debt  securities of the Company as required to satisfy
         the reporting and other  requirements  of any  governmental,  bodies or
         agencies and to maintain effective relations with such holders;

                  (viii) to the extent  not  Otherwise  subject to an  agreement
         executed by the Company, designating a servicer for mortgage loans sold
         to the Company by  originators  and  arranging for the  monitoring  and
         administering of such servicers;

                  (ix)   counseling  the  Company  in  connection   with  policy
         decisions to be made by the Board of Directors;

                  (x)    counseling the Company regarding the maintenance of its
         status  as a REIT  and  monitoring  compliance  with the  various  REIT
         qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and regulations
         thereunder;

                  (xi)   engaging  in  hedging   activities  on  behalf  of  the
         Company,  consistent  with the Company's  status as a REIT and with the
         Guidelines; and

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                  (xii)  upon request by and in accordance  with the  directions
         of the Board of Directors,  investing or  reinvesting  any money of the
         Company.

         (B)      REAL ESTATE  ASSET  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  Manager  will
perform  portfolio  management  services  on  behalf  of OAIC and the  Operating
Partnership with respect to the Company's REIT  Investments.  Such services will
include,  but not be limited to,  consulting  the  Company on purchase  and sale
opportunities, collection of information and submission of reports pertaining to
the Company's assets, interest rates, and general economic conditions,  periodic
review and evaluation of the  performance of the Company's  portfolio of assets,
acting as liaison between the Company and banking, mortgage banking,  investment
banking  and  other  parties  with  respect  to  the  purchase,   financing  and
disposition  of assets,  and other  customary  functions  related  to  portfolio
management.  The  Manager  may  enter  into  subcontracts  with  other  parties,
including its Affiliates, to provide any such services to the Company.

         (C)      MONITORING  SPECIAL   SERVICING.   The  Manager  will  perform
monitoring  services  on behalf of the  Company  with  respect to the  Company's
portfolio of special  servicing rights.  Such monitoring  services will include,
but not be limited to, the following  activities:  negotiating special servicing
agreements;  serving as the  Company's  consultant  with  respect to the special
servicing of mortgage loans; collection of information and submission of reports
pertaining  to the mortgage  loans and to moneys  remitted to the Manager or the
Company; acting as a liaison between the servicers of the mortgage loans and the
Company and working  with  servicers to the extent  necessary  to improve  their
servicing  performance;  with respect to mortgage loans for which the Company is
special  servicer,  periodic  review and  evaluation of the  performance of each
servicer  to  determine  its  compliance  with the terms and  conditions  of the
related servicing  agreement;  review of and  recommendations as to fire losses,
easement problems and condemnation,  delinquency and foreclosure procedures with
regard to mortgage loans;  review of servicers'  delinquency,  foreclosures  and
other  reports on mortgage  loans;  supervising  claims filed under any mortgage
insurance  policies;  and enforcing the obligation of any servicer to repurchase
mortgage  loans.  The Manager may enter into  subcontracts  with other  parties,
including its Affiliates, to provide any such services for the Manager.

         (D)      MONITORING SERVICING.  The Manager will monitor and administer
the servicing of the Company's  Mortgage Loans,  other than loans pooled to back
MBS or pledged to secure MBS. Such monitoring and  administrative  services will
include,  but not be  limited  to,  the  following  activities:  serving  as the
Company's  consultant  with  respect to the  servicing of loans;  collection  of
information  and  submission of reports  pertaining to the mortgage loans and to
moneys remitted to the Manager or the Company by servicers;  periodic review and
evaluation of the  performance of each servicer to determine its compliance with
the terms and conditions of the servicing  agreement and, if deemed appropriate,
recommending to the Company the termination of such servicing agreement;  acting
as a liaison between servicers and the Company and working with servicers to the
extent  necessary  to  improve  their  servicing  performance;   review  of  and
recommendations   as  to  fire  losses,   easement  problems  and  condemnation,
delinquency and foreclosure procedures with regard to the Mortgage Loans: review
of  servicers'  delinquency,  foreclosing  and other  reports on Mortgage  Loam;
supervising  claims filed under any mortgage

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

insurance  policies;  and enforcing the obligation of any servicer to repurchase
Mortgage Loans from the Company.

         (E)      BEST EFFORTS.  The Manager agrees to use its  reasonable  best
efforts at all times in performing services for the Company hereunder.

         SECTION 3.  ADDITIONAL  ACTIVITIES  OF MANAGER.  Nothing  herein  shall
prevent the Manager or any of its Affiliates  from engaging in other  businesses
or from rendering services of any kind to any other person or entity,  including
investment  in, or  advisory  service to others  investing  in, any type of real
estate  investment,  including  investments which meet the principal  investment
objectives of the Company.

         Except as noted below, the Manager will not invest, and will not permit
any Affiliate of the Manager to invest, in a Subordinated Interest or Distressed
Real  Property  unless a majority of the  Independent  Directors  of the Company
decline,  on behalf  of the  Company,  to make the  investment.  To  assist  the
Independent Directors' review of such a potential investment,  the Manager shall
make available  information to assist the  Independent  Directors in determining
whether the investment is consistent with the  Guidelines,  whether the price is
fair  and  whether  the  investment  otherwise  is in the best  interest  of the
Company.  For a Distressed  Real  Property,  such  information  shall include an
appraisal  of an MAI  appraiser  who is  certified  or licensed in the state and
whose  compensation  is not  dependent on the  transaction.  For a  Subordinated
Interest,  such information shall include, to the extent available or reasonably
obtainable,  historical  information about the collateral and securities,  yield
tables that assume  losses on the  underlying  collateral  and a broker's  price
opinion  from a third party,  such as the  placement  agent of the  Subordinated
Interest.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the mortgage loans collateralizing a
Subordinated  Interest were owned by the Manager or an Affiliate of the Manager,
then the Manager or its affiliates may retain such Subordinated Interest without
offering the  investment to the Company.  Moreover,  if a large pool of mortgage
loans and REO  Properties  are offered  for sale by a third party  pursuant to a
competitive bidding process,  the Manager or its affiliates may bid on such pool
jointly with an  unaffiliated  entity,  as long as the Manager or its affiliates
take title only to the loans and not to the REO Properties.  In the alternative,
the Manager may,  but is not  required to,  invite the Company to bid jointly on
such a pool. If the Manager (or its  affiliates)  and the Company are successful
in such a bid,  the Manager  will take title to the loans and the  Company  will
take title to the real estate,  unless  otherwise  approved by a majority of the
Independent Directors.

         If the Company and the Manager (or its affiliates)  co-participate in a
loan, the terms of the  participation  would be structured so that Ocwen Federal
Bank FSB would service the loans and retain a market  servicing fee, after which
the  remaining  proceeds  from the loan would be shared pari passu in accordance
with the  ownership  interests  in the loan,  unless  another  arrangement  were
approved by a majority of the Independent Directors.

         Directors,  officers, employees and agents of the Manager or Affiliates
of the Manager may serve as directors,  officers, employees, agents, nominees or
signatories  for the REIT or any  

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Subsidiary, to the extent permitted by their Governing Instruments, as from time
to time amended,  or by any  resolutions  duly adopted by the Board of Directors
pursuant  to the REIT's  Governing  Instruments.  When  executing  documents  or
otherwise  acting in such  capacities  for the Company,  such persons  shall use
their respective titles in the Company.

         SECTION 4.  COMMITMENTS.  In order to meet the investment  requirements
of the Company,  as determined by the Board of Directors  from time to time, the
Manager  agrees at the direction of the Board of Directors to issue on behalf of
the  Company  commitments  on such  terms  as are  established  by the  Board of
Directors,  including a majority of the Independent Directors,  for the purchase
of REIT Investments.

         SECTION 5.  BANK ACCOUNTS.  At the direction of the Board of Directors,
the Manager may  establish and maintain one or more bank accounts in the name of
the REIT or any Subsidiary, and may collect and deposit into any such account or
accounts, and disburse funds from any such account or accounts, under such terms
and conditions as the Board of Directors may approve; and the Manager shall from
time to time render appropriate  accountings of such collections and payments to
the Board of Directors  and,  upon  request,  to the auditors of the REIT or any
Subsidiary.

         SECTION 6.  RECORDS;   CONFIDENTIALITY.   The  Manager  shall  maintain
appropriate  books of  accounts  and  records  relating  to  services  performed
hereunder,  and such  books of  account  and  records  shall be  accessible  for
inspection by  representatives  of the REIT or any Subsidiary at any time during
normal  business  hours.  The  Manager  shall  keep  confidential  any  and  all
information  obtained in  connection  with the services  rendered  hereunder and
shall not disclose any such  information to  nonaffiliated  third parties except
with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 7.  OBLIGATIONS OF MANAGER.

         (a)      The Manager  shall  require each seller or  transferor of REIT
Investments to the Company to make such representations and warranties regarding
such REIT  Investments as may, in the judgment of the Manager,  be necessary and
appropriate.  In addition,  the Manager shall take such other action as it deems
necessary  or  appropriate  with  regard  to the  protection  of  the  Company's
investments.

         (b)      The Manager  shall  refrain from any action that,  in its sole
judgment made in good faith,  would adversely affect the status of the REIT as a
REIT or that, in its sole  judgment  made in good faith,  would violate any law,
rule or regulation of any governmental  body or agency having  jurisdiction over
the REIT or any  Subsidiary  or that would  otherwise  not be  permitted  by the
REIT's or Subsidiary's Governing Instruments.  If the Manager is ordered to take
any such action by the Board of Directors, the Manager shall promptly notify the
Board of Directors of the Manager's  judgment  that such action would  adversely
affect such status or violate any such law,  rule or regulation or the Governing
Instruments.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  Manager,  its  directors,
officers,  stockholders  and  employees  shall not be  liable  to the REIT,  any
Subsidiary,   the  Independent  Directors,  or  the  REIT's  or  a  Subsidiary's
stockholders or partners for any act or 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

omission by the Manager,  its  directors,  officers,  stockholders  or employees
except as provided in Section 11 of this Agreement.

         SECTION 8.  COMPENSATION.

         (a)      The REIT shall pay to the Manager, for services rendered under
this Agreement,  a quarterly base management fee in an amount equal to 1/4 of 1%
of the Average  Invested  Assets of the Company  during each fiscal quarter (pro
rata  amount  based on the  number of days  elapsed  during any  partial  fiscal
quarter), commencing with the first fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

         (b)      The   Manager   shall  be   entitled   to  receive   incentive
compensation  for each fiscal  quarter in an amount  equal to the product of (A)
25% of the dollar  amount by which  (1)(a)  Funds from  Operations  (before  the
incentive  fee but after the base  management  fee) of the  Company per share of
Common Stock (based on the weighted average number of shares) (b) plus gains (or
minus losses) from debt  restructuring and sales of property per share of Common
Stock (based on the  weighted  average  number of shares),  exceed (2) an amount
equal to (a) the weighted average of the price per share at the initial offering
and the prices per share at any secondary offerings by the Company multiplied by
(b) the Ten-Year U.S.  Treasury  Rate plus five percent per annum  multiplied by
(B) the weighted  average  number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  during
such period.  "Funds from  Operations"  shall be computed in accordance with the
definition thereof adopted by the National Association of Real Estate Investment
Trusts  ("NAREIT") and shall mean net income  (computed in accordance with GAAP)
excluding gains (or losses) from debt restructuring and sales of property,  plus
depreciation and amortization on real estate assets,  and after  adjustments for
unconsolidated  partnerships  and joint  ventures.  As used in  calculating  the
Manager's  compensation,  the term  "Ten  Year  U.S.  Treasury  Rate"  means the
arithmetic  average of the weekly average yield to maturity for actively  traded
current  coupon U.S.  Treasury  fixed  interest  rate  securities  (adjusted  to
constant  maturities of ten years) published by the Federal Reserve Board during
a quarter,  or, if such rate is not published by the Federal Reserve Board,  any
Federal Reserve Bank or agency or department of the federal government  selected
by the Company.  If the Company  determines in good faith that the Ten Year U.S.
Treasury Rate cannot be calculated as provided above, then the rate shall be the
arithmetic  average of the per annum average  yields to  maturities,  based upon
closing  asked prices on each  business day during a quarter,  for each actively
traded  marketable  U.S.  Treasury  fixed  interest  rate  security with a final
maturity  date not less than eight nor more than  twelve  years from the date of
the closing asked prices as chosen and quoted for each business day in each such
quarter in New York City by at least three recognized dealers in U.S. government
securities selected by the Company.

         (c)      The Manager  shall  compute  the  compensation  payable  under
Sections  8(a) and 8(b) of this  Agreement  within 45 days after the end of each
fiscal quarter.  A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate its
compensation  shall  thereafter  promptly be delivered to the Board of Directors
and, upon such delivery,  payment of the compensation earned under Sections 8(a)
and 8(b) of this Agreement shown therein shall be due and payable within 60 days
after the end of such fiscal quarter.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         (d)      The  Manager  may  charge  the  Company  for any out of pocket
expenses that the Manager incurs in connection  with any due diligence on assets
considered for purchase by the Company. Moreover, the Manager shall document the
time spent by the Manager's employees in performing such due diligence and shall
be  entitled  to  reimbursement  for the  allocable  portion of such  employees'
salaries and benefits.

         SECTION 9.  EXPENSES  OF THE  COMPANY.  The  Company or any  Subsidiary
shall pay all of its expenses  and shall  reimburse  the Manager for  documented
expenses of the Manager incurred on its behalf.

         SECTION 10.  CALCULATIONS OF EXPENSES. Expenses incurred by the Manager
on behalf of the Company shall be reimbursed  quarterly to the Manager within 60
days  after the end of each  quarter.  The  Manager  shall  prepare a  statement
documenting  the  expenses of the  Company and those  incurred by the Manager on
behalf of the Company  during each quarter,  and shall deliver such statement to
the Company within 45 days after the end of each quarter.

         SECTION 11.  LIMITS OF MANAGER  RESPONSIBILITY.  The Manager assumes no
responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for
hereunder in good faith and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board
of Directors  in following or declining to follow any advice or  recommendations
of the Manager,  including as set forth in Section 7(b) of this  Agreement.  The
Manager, its directors, officers,  stockholders and employees will not be liable
to the Company,  any Subsidiary,  the Independent  Directors or the Company's or
any  Subsidiary's  stockholders  or partners  for any acts or  omissions  by the
Manager,  its  directors,  officers,  stockholders  or  employees  under  or  in
connection with this Agreement, except by reason of acts constituting bad faith,
willful misconduct,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties. The
Company  or a  Subsidiary  shall  reimburse,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the
Manager, its stockholders, directors, officers and employees of and from any and
all expenses, losses, damages,  liabilities,  demands, charges and claims of any
nature whatsoever, (including attorneys' fees) in respect of or arising from any
acts or omissions  of the Manager,  its  stockholders,  directors,  officers and
employees made in good faith in the  performance  of the Manager's  duties under
this  Agreement  and not  constituting  bad  faith,  willful  misconduct,  gross
negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.

         SECTION 12.  NO JOINT  VENTURE.  The  Company  and the  Manager are not
partners  or joint  venturers  with  each  other  and  nothing  herein  shall be
construed to make them such partners or joint  venturers or impose any liability
as such on either of them.

         SECTION 13.  TERM;  TERMINATION.  This Agreement  shall commence on the
Closing  Date and shall  continue in force until the second  anniversary  of the
Closing Date,  and  thereafter,  it may be extended only with the consent of the
Manager and by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the Board of  Directors,
including a majority of the Independent Directors.

         Each  extension  shall be  executed  in writing by the  parties  hereto
before the  expiration  of this  Agreement or any extension  thereof.  Each such
extension shall not exceed twelve months.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, this Agreement, or
any extension  hereof,  may be terminated by the Company,  upon 60 days' written
notice, by majority vote of the Independent Directors or by majority vote of the
Stockholders;  provided  that a  termination  fee,  equal to the sum of the base
management  fee and  incentive  management  fee earned  during the twelve months
preceding such termination, will be due.

         If this  Agreement  is  terminated  pursuant  to this  Section 13, such
termination shall be without any further liability or obligation of either party
to the other, except as provided in Section 16 of this Agreement.

         SECTION 14.  ASSIGNMENTS.

         (a)      Except as set forth in Section 14(b) of this  Agreement,  this
Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, in whole
or in part, by the Manager, unless such assignment is consented to in writing by
the REIT with the consent of a majority of the Independent  Directors.  Any such
assignment  shall bind the assignee  hereunder in the same manner as the Manager
is bound.  In  addition,  the assignee  shall  execute and deliver to the REIT a
counterpart  of this Agreement  naming such assignee as Manager.  This Agreement
shall not be  assigned  by the REIT  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Manager,  except in the case of  assignment by the REIT to another REIT or other
organization  which is a  successor  (by  merger,  consolidation  or purchase of
assets) to the REIT, in which case such  successor  organization  shall be bound
hereunder and by the terms of such  assignment in the same manner as the REIT is
bound hereunder.

         (b)      Notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement,  the Manager
may  subcontract  and assign any or all of its  responsibilities  under Sections
2(b),  2(c) and 2(d) of this  Agreement to any of its  Affiliates,  and the REIT
hereby consents to any such assignment and subcontracting.

         SECTION 15.  TERMINATION BY REIT FOR CAUSE.  At the option of the REIT,
this Agreement  shall be and become  terminated  upon 60 days' written notice of
termination  from the Board of Directors to the Manager,  without payment of any
termination fee, if any of the following events shall occur:

         (a)      if the Manager shall  violate any provision of this  Agreement
and, after notice of such  violation,  shall not cure such  violation  within 30
days; or

         (b)      there is  entered  an order for  relief or  similar  decree or
order with respect to the Manager by a court having competent jurisdiction in an
involuntary  case  under  the  federal  bankruptcy  laws  as  now  or  hereafter
constituted or under any applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or
other  similar  laws;  or the  Manager  (i)  ceases,  or admits in  writing  its
inability  to pay its debts as they become due and  payable,  or makes a general
assignment  for the benefit of, or enters into any  composition  or  arrangement
with,  creditors;  (ii)  applies  for, or  consents  (by  admission  of material
allegations  of a petition  or  otherwise)  to the  appointment  of a  receiver,
trustee,  assignee,  custodian,  liquidator  or  sequestrator  (or other similar
official) of the Manager or of any substantial part of its properties or assets,
or  authorizes  such an  application  or consent,  or  proceedings  seeking such
appointment  are commenced  without such  authorization,

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

consent or application against the Manager and continue undismissed for 30 days;
(iii) authorizes or files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy,  or applies for or
consents (by  admission of material  allegations  of a petition or otherwise) to
the application of any bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement, readjustment of
debt,  insolvency,  dissolution,   liquidation  or  other  similar  law  of  any
jurisdiction,  or authorizes such application or consent, or proceedings to such
end are instituted against the Manager without such  authorization,  application
or consent and are approved as properly instituted and remain undismissed for 30
days or result in adjudication  of bankruptcy or insolvency;  or (iv) permits or
suffers  all  or  any  substantial  part  of  its  properties  or  assets  to be
sequestered or attached by court order and the order remains  undismissed for 30
days.

         (c)      If any of the  events  specified  in  Section  15(b)  of  this
Agreement  shall occur,  the Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to
the Board of Directors upon the happening of such event.

         SECTION 16.  ACTION UPON TERMINATION. From and after the effective date
of  termination  of this  Agreement,  pursuant to Sections 13, 14, or 15 of this
Agreement,  the  Manager  shall not be  entitled  to  compensation  for  further
services hereunder,  but shall be paid all compensation  accruing to the date of
termination   and,  if  terminated   pursuant  to  Section  13,  the  applicable
termination fee. Upon such termination, the Manager shall forthwith:

         (a)      after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursement for
its  expenses  to  which  it is then  entitled,  pay  over to the  Company  or a
Subsidiary  all money  collected  and held for the  account of the  Company or a
Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement;

         (b)      deliver to the Board of Directors a full accounting, including
a statement  showing all  payments  collected by it and a statement of all money
held by it,  covering  the  period  following  the date of the  last  accounting
furnished to the Board of Directors with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary;
and

         (c)      deliver to the Board of Directors  all property and  documents
of the Company or any Subsidiary then in the custody of the Manager.

         SECTION 17.  RELEASE OF MONEY OR OTHER  PROPERTY UPON WRITTEN  REQUEST.
The Manager agrees that any money or other property of the Company or Subsidiary
held by the  Manager  under  this  Agreement  shall  be held by the  Manager  as
custodian  for the Company or  Subsidiary,  and the  Manager's  records shall be
appropriately  marked  clearly to reflect the  ownership  of such money or other
property by the Company or such Subsidiary. Upon the receipt by the Manager of a
written  request signed by a duly authorized  officer of the Company  requesting
the  Manager  to release to the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  any money or other
property  then  held  by the  Manager  for the  account  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary  under this Agreement,  the Manager shall release such money or other
property to the Company or any  Subsidiary  within a reasonable  period of time,
but in no event later than 60 days following such request. The Manager shall not
be liable to the Company,  any  Subsidiary,  the Independent  Directors,  or the
Company's or a Subsidiary's  stockholders  or partners for any acts performed or
omissions to act by the Company or any  Subsidiary in connection  with the money
or other

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

property  released  to the Company or any  Subsidiary  in  accordance  with this
Section.  The  Company and any  Subsidiary  shall  indemnify  the  Manager,  its
directors,  officers,  stockholders and employees  against any and all expenses,
losses,  damages,  liabilities,  demands,  charges  and  claims  of  any  nature
whatsoever,  which arise in connection with the Manager's  release of such money
or other property to the Company or any Subsidiary in accordance  with the terms
of this Section 17 of this Agreement. Indemnification pursuant to this provision
shall be in  addition  to any  right of the  Manager  to  indemnification  under
Section 11 of this Agreement.

         SECTION 18.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         (a)      The Company  hereby  represents and warrants to the Manager as
follows:

                  (i)    The REIT is duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in
         good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its  incorporation,
         has the corporate  power to own its assets and to transact the business
         in  which  it is  now  engaged  and  is  duly  qualified  as a  foreign
         corporation  and in good standing  under the laws of each  jurisdiction
         where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business
         requires  such  qualification,  except for failures to be so qualified,
         authorized or licensed that could not in the aggregate  have a material
         adverse  effect  on  the  business  operations,   assets  or  financial
         condition of the REIT and its subsidiaries,  taken as a whole. The REIT
         does not do business under any fictitious business name.

                  (ii)   The REIT  has the  corporate  power  and  authority  to
         execute,  deliver  and  perform  this  Agreement  and  all  obligations
         required  hereunder  and has taken all  necessary  corporate  action to
         authorize  this  Agreement on the terms and  conditions  hereof and the
         execution,   delivery  and   performance  of  this  Agreement  and  all
         obligations  required  hereunder.   No  consent  of  any  other  person
         including, without limitation,  stockholders and creditors of the REIT,
         and no license,  permit,  approval or  authorization  of, exemption by,
         notice or report to, or registration,  filing or declaration  with, any
         governmental  authority is required by the REIT in connection with this
         Agreement  or  the  execution,  delivery,   performance,   validity  or
         enforceability   of  this  Agreement  and  all   obligations   required
         hereunder.  This  Agreement has been,  and each  instrument or document
         required hereunder will be, executed and delivered by a duly authorized
         officer  of  the  REIT,  and  this  Agreement  constitutes,   and  each
         instrument or document  required  hereunder when executed and delivered
         hereunder will constitute,  the legally valid and binding obligation of
         the REIT enforceable against the REIT in accordance with its terms.

                  (iii)  The  execution,   delivery  and   performance  of  this
         Agreement and the documents or instruments  required hereunder will not
         violate any provision of any existing law or regulation  binding on the
         REIT, or any order, judgment,  award or decree of any court, arbitrator
         or  governmental  authority  binding  on the  REIT,  or  the  Governing
         Instruments  of,  or  any  securities  issued  by  the  REIT  or of any
         mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement,  instrument or
         undertaking to which the REIT is a party or by which the REIT or any of
         its assets may be bound,  the  violation of which would have a material
         adverse  effect  on  the  business  operations,   assets  or  financial
         condition of the

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

         REIT and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and will not result in, or
         require, the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property,
         assets or revenues  pursuant to the  provisions  of any such  mortgage,
         indenture,   lease,   contract  or  other   agreement,   instrument  or
         undertaking.

         (b)      The  Manager  hereby  represents  and  warrants to the REIT as
follows:

                  (i)    the Manager is duly organized,  validly existing and in
         good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation,  has
         the  corporate  power to own its assets and to transact the business in
         which it is now engaged and is duly  qualified to do business and is in
         good standing under the laws of each  jurisdiction  where its ownership
         or lease of  property  or the  conduct of its  business  requires  such
         qualification,  except for failures to be so  qualified,  authorized or
         licensed that could not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect
         on the  business  operations,  assets  or  financial  condition  of the
         Manager and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Manager does not do
         business under any fictitious business name.

                  (ii)   The Manager has the  corporate  power and  authority to
         execute,  deliver  and  perform  this  Agreement  and  all  obligations
         required  hereunder and has taken all necessary  partnership  action to
         authorize  this  Agreement on the terms and  conditions  hereof and the
         execution,   delivery  and   performance  of  this  Agreement  and  all
         obligations  required  hereunder.   No  consent  of  any  other  person
         including,  without limitation,  partners and creditors of the Manager,
         and no license,  permit,  approval or  authorization  of, exemption by,
         notice or report to, or registration,  filing or declaration  with, any
         governmental  authority is required by the Manager in  connection  with
         this Agreement or the  execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or
         enforceability   of  this  Agreement  and  all   obligations   required
         hereunder.  This  Agreement has been,  and each  instrument or document
         required hereunder will be, executed and delivered by a duly authorized
         agent  of  the  Manager,  and  this  Agreement  constitutes,  and  each
         instrument or document  required  hereunder when executed and delivered
         hereunder will constitute,  the legally valid and binding obligation of
         the Manager  enforceable  against the  Manager in  accordance  with its
         terms.

                  (iii)  The  execution,   delivery  and   performance  of  this
         Agreement and the documents or instruments required hereunder, will not
         violate any provision of any existing law or regulation  binding on the
         Manager,  or any  order,  judgment,  award  or  decree  of  any  court,
         arbitrator or  governmental  authority  binding on the Manager,  or the
         partnership agreement of, or any securities issued by the Manager or of
         any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument
         or  undertaking to which the Manager is a party or by which the Manager
         or any of its assets may be bound,  the violation of which would have a
         material adverse effect on the business operations, assets or financial
         condition of the Manager and its  subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  and
         will not result in, or require,  the creation or imposition of any lien
         on any of its property,  assets or revenues  pursuant to the provisions
         of any such mortgage,  indenture,  lease,  contract or other agreement,
         instrument or undertaking.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 19.  NOTICES.  Unless expressly  provided otherwise herein, all
notices,  requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under
this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given,
made and  received  when  delivered  against  receipt or upon actual  receipt of
registered  or  certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested,
addressed as set forth below:

         (a)      If to the REIT:

                           Ocwen Asset Investment Corp.
                           The Forum, Suite 1000
                           1675 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
                           West Palm Beach, FL 33401
                           Attention:  Secretary

                  with a copy given in the manner prescribed above, to:

                           George C. Howell, III, Esquire
                           Hunton & Williams
                           951 East Byrd Street
                           Richmond, Virginia 23219-4074

         (b)      If to the Manager:

                           Ocwen Capital Corporation
                           The Forum, Suite 1000
                           1675 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
                           West Palm Beach, FL 33401
                           Attention:  Secretary

                  with a copy given in the manner prescribed above, to:

                           George C. Howell, III, Esquire
                           Hunton & Williams
                           951 East Byrd Street
                           Richmond, Virginia 23219-4074

         Either  party may alter the address to which  communications  or copies
are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the
provisions of this Section 19 for the giving of notice.

         SECTION 20.  BINDING NATURE OF AGREEMENT;  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto
and their respective heirs, personal representatives,  successors and assigns as
provided herein.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 21.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  contains  the  entire
agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter  hereof,  and  supersedes  all  prior  and  contemporaneous   agreements,
understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written,
of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The express
terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the
trade  inconsistent  with any of the terms  hereof.  This  Agreement  may not be
modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

         SECTION 22.  CONTROLLING LAW. This Agreement and all questions relating
to its validity,  interpretation,  performance and enforcement shall be governed
by and construed,  interpreted  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia,  notwithstanding any Virginia or other conflict-of-law
provisions to the contrary.

         SECTION 23.  INDULGENCES,  NOT  WAIVERS.  Neither  the  failure nor any
delay on the part of a party to exercise any right,  remedy,  power or privilege
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right,  remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or
further exercise of the same or of any other right,  remedy, power or privilege,
nor shall any waiver of any right,  remedy,  power or privilege  with respect to
any  occurrence  be  construed  as a  waiver  of such  right,  remedy,  power or
privilege  with  respect to any other  occurrence.  No waiver shall be effective
unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such
waiver.

         SECTION 24.  COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  Each party hereto shall bear its own
costs  and  expenses  (including  the  fees and  disbursements  of  counsel  and
accountants) incurred in connection with the negotiations and preparation of and
the closing under this Agreement, and all matters incident thereto.

         SECTION 25.  TITLES  NOT  TO  AFFECT  INTERPRETATION.   The  titles  of
paragraphs and  subparagraphs  contained in this  Agreement are for  convenience
only,  and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are they to be used in
the construction or interpretation hereof.

         SECTION 26.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original
as against any party whose  signature  appears  thereon,  and all of which shall
together  constitute one and the same  instrument.  This Agreement  shall become
binding when one or more  counterparts  hereof,  individually or taken together,
shall  bear  the  signatures  of all  of the  parties  reflected  hereon  as the
signatories.

         SECTION 27.  PROVISIONS SEPARABLE. The provisions of this Agreement are
independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected
or rendered  invalid or  unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason
any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

         SECTION 28.  GENDER.  Words used  herein  regardless  of the number and
gender  specifically  used,  shall be deemed and  construed to include any other
number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter,
as the context requires.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 29.  COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.  Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve months of thirty days each.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

                                             OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------

                                             Name:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                             Its:
                                                 -------------------------------


                                             OCWEN CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------

                                             Name:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                             Its:
                                                 -------------------------------

                                      -14-





                      THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

                             OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP





                                       OF





                             OCWEN PARTNERSHIP, L.P.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I  DEFINED TERMS.......................................................1


ARTICLE II  PARTNERSHIP CONTINUATION AND IDENTIFICATION........................8

         2.01. CONTINUATION....................................................8
         2.02. NAME, OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT...............................8
         2.03. PARTNERS........................................................8
         2.04. TERM AND DISSOLUTION............................................9
         2.05. FILING OF CERTIFICATE AND PERFECTION OF 
                 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP...........................................9
         2.06. CERTIFICATES DESCRIBING PARTNERSHIP UNITS......................10

ARTICLE III  BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP......................................10


ARTICLE IV  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS................................11

         4.01. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS..........................................11
         4.02. ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCES 
                 OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS..........................11
         4.03. ADDITIONAL FUNDING.............................................14
         4.04. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS...............................................14
         4.05. PERCENTAGE INTERESTS...........................................14
         4.06. NO INTEREST ON CONTRIBUTIONS...................................15
         4.07. RETURN OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS................................15
         4.08. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.....................................15

ARTICLE V  PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS..................................15

         5.01. ALLOCATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS..................................15
         5.02. DISTRIBUTION OF CASH...........................................17
         5.03. REIT DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.................................18
         5.04. DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND..........................................18
         5.05. LIMITATIONS ON RETURN OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.................19
         5.06. DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION.................................19
         5.07. SUBSTANTIAL ECONOMIC EFFECT....................................19

ARTICLE VI  RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.............19

         6.01. MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP..................................19
         6.02. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY........................................22
         6.03. INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION OF INDEMNITEES.................22
         6.04. LIABILITY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER...............................24
         6.05. REIMBURSEMENT OF GENERAL PARTNER...............................25

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

         6.06. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.............................................25
         6.07. EMPLOYMENT OR RETENTION OF AFFILIATES..........................25
         6.08. GENERAL PARTNER PARTICIPATION..................................26
         6.9.  TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP ASSETS....................................26
         6.10. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]........................................26

ARTICLE VII  CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER.......................................26

         7.01. TRANSFER OF THE GENERAL PARTNER'S 
                 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.........................................26
         7.02. ADMISSION OF A SUBSTITUTE OR 
                 ADDITIONAL GENERAL PARTNER...................................28
         7.03. EFFECT OF BANKRUPTCY, WITHDRAWAL, DEATH 
                 OR DISSOLUTION OF A GENERAL PARTNER..........................29
         7.04. Removal of a General Partner...................................29

ARTICLE VIII  RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS..................31

         8.01. MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP..................................31
         8.02. POWER OF ATTORNEY..............................................31
         8.03. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF LIMITED PARTNERS....................31
         8.04. OWNERSHIP BY LIMITED PARTNER OF CORPORATE 
                 GENERAL PARTNER OR AFFILIATE.................................31
         8.05. EXCHANGE RIGHT.................................................32
         8.06. REGISTRATION...................................................34

ARTICLE IX  TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.........................34

         9.01. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT........................................34
         9.02. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF 
                 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS................................35
         9.03. ADMISSION OF A SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER......................36
         9.04. RIGHTS OF ASSIGNEES OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS...................37
         9.05. EFFECT OF BANKRUPTCY, DEATH, INCOMPETENCE OR 
                 TERMINATION OF A LIMITED PARTNER.............................37
         9.06. JOINT OWNERSHIP OF INTERESTS...................................38

ARTICLE X  BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS.........................38

         10.01. BOOKS AND RECORDS.............................................38
         10.02. CUSTODY OF PARTNERSHIP FUNDS; BANK ACCOUNTS...................38
         10.03. FISCAL AND TAXABLE YEAR.......................................39
         10.04. ANNUAL TAX INFORMATION AND REPORT.............................39
         10.05. TAX MATTERS PARTNER; TAX ELECTIONS; 
                  SPECIAL BASIS ADJUSTMENTS...................................39
         10.06. REPORTS TO LIMITED PARTNERS...................................40

ARTICLE XI  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER....................................40


ARTICLE XII  GENERAL PROVISIONS...............................................41

         12.01. NOTICES.......................................................41
         12.02. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS............................................41
         12.03. ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS..........................................41

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

         12.04. SEVERABILITY..................................................41
         12.05. ENTIRE AGREEMENT..............................................41
         12.06. PRONOUNS AND PLURALS..........................................41
         12.07. HEADINGS......................................................42
         12.08. COUNTERPARTS..................................................42
         12.09. GOVERNING LAW.................................................42


EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A -- Partners, Capital Contributions 
               and Percentage Interests

EXHIBIT B -- Notice of Exercise of Exchange Right

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

                      THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
                             OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       OF

                             OCWEN PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

                                    RECITALS

         Ocwen  Partnership,  L.P. (the  "Partnership")  was formed as a limited
partnership  under  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  pursuant  to a
Certificate of Limited  Partnership filed with the State Corporation  Commission
of Virginia  effective  as of March 3, 1997.  This Third  Amended  and  Restated
Agreement of Limited  Partnership is entered into as of the 5th day of May, 1998
among Ocwen General,  Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "General Partner"),  and
the Limited Partners set forth on Exhibit A hereto,  for the purpose of amending
and restating the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited  Partnership and the
Limited Partnership Agreement (together, the "Initial Agreement").

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants
between the parties hereto,  and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree to amend the Initial Agreement to read in its entirety as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINED TERMS

         The  following  defined  terms  used in this  Agreement  shall have the
meanings specified below:

         "ACT" means the Virginia Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it
may be amended from time to time.

         "ADDITIONAL FUNDS" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.

         "ADDITIONAL  SECURITIES"  means any additional  REIT Shares (other than
REIT  Shares  issued in  connection  with an exchange  pursuant to Section  8.05
hereof) or rights,  options,  warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities
containing  the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares,  as set forth in
Section 4.02(a)(ii).

         "ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES" means (i) all  administrative  and operating
costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership,  (ii) those administrative costs
and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to
directors,  officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and
legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, 


<PAGE>

the Partners have agreed,  are expenses of the  Partnership  and not the General
Partner,  and (iii) to the  extent  not  included  in clause  (ii)  above,  REIT
Expenses;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Administrative Expenses shall not include any
administrative  costs and expenses incurred by the Company that are attributable
to  Properties or  partnership  interests in a Subsidiary  Partnership  that are
owned by the Company directly.

         "AFFILIATE"  means,  (i)  any  Person  that,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls or is controlled by or is under common  control with such Person,  (ii)
any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of
the outstanding  capital stock,  shares or equity  interests of such Person,  or
(iii) any officer, director,  employee, partner or trustee of such Person or any
Person  controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control  with such Person
(excluding  trustees  and  persons  serving  in similar  capacities  who are not
otherwise  an Affiliate of such  Person).  For the purposes of this  definition,
"control"  (including the correlative  meanings of the terms "controlled by" and
"under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction of the management  and policies of such Person,  through the ownership
of voting securities or partnership interests or otherwise.

         "AGREED  VALUE"  means the fair market  value of a  Partner's  non-cash
Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner
and the General  Partner.  The names and  addresses of the  Partners,  number of
Partnership  Units  issued to each  Partner,  and the Agreed  Value of  non-cash
Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on EXHIBIT A.

         "AGREEMENT"  means  this  Amended  and  Restated  Agreement  of Limited
Partnership.

         "AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION"  means the amended and
restated  articles  of  incorporation  of  the  Company  filed  with  the  State
Corporation Commission of Virginia, as amended or restated from time to time.

         "CAPITAL ACCOUNT" has the meaning provided in Section 4.04 hereof.

         "CAPITAL   CONTRIBUTION"   means  the  total   amount  of  cash,   cash
equivalents,  and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or
agreed to be contributed,  as the context  requires,  to the Partnership by each
Partner  pursuant to the terms of the  Agreement.  Any  reference to the Capital
Contribution  of a Partner  shall  include  the Capital  Contribution  made by a
predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.

         "CASH AMOUNT" means an amount of cash per Partnership Unit equal to the
Value of the REIT  Shares  Amount on the date of  receipt  by the  Company  of a
Notice of Exchange.

         "CERTIFICATE"  means any  instrument or document that is required under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any other jurisdiction in which the
Partnership  conducts business,  to be signed or sworn to by the Partners of the
Partnership (either by themselves or

                                       2
<PAGE>

pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02
hereof)  and  filed for  recording  in the  appropriate  public  offices  in the
Commonwealth  of Virginia or such other  jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the
Partnership as a limited partnership,  to effect the admission,  withdrawal,  or
substitution  of any  Partner  of the  Partnership,  or to protect  the  limited
liability  of the  Limited  Partners as limited  partners  under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia or such other jurisdiction.

         "CODE" means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  and as
hereafter  amended from time to time.  Reference to any particular  provision of
the Code  shall  mean  that  provision  in the Code at the date  hereof  and any
successor provision of the Code.

         "COMMISSION" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "COMPANY" means Ocwen Asset  Investment  Corp., a Virginia  corporation
organized as a real estate investment trust.

         "CONVERSION FACTOR" means 1.0, PROVIDED THAT, (a) in the event that the
Company (i) declares or pays a dividend on its  outstanding  REIT Shares in REIT
Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding  REIT Shares in
REIT Shares,  (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares, or (iii) combines its
outstanding  REIT Shares into a smaller  number of REIT Shares,  the  Conversion
Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the
numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and  outstanding on
the record date for such  dividend,  distribution,  subdivision  or  combination
(assuming for such purposes that such  dividend,  distribution,  subdivision  or
combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be
the actual  number of REIT  Shares  (determined  without  the above  assumption)
issued  and  outstanding  on such date;  and (b) in the event  that the  Company
declares or pays a dividend or other distribution on its outstanding REIT Shares
(other than (A) cash dividends  payable in the ordinary  course of the Company's
business or (B) dividends payable in REIT Shares that give rise to an adjustment
in the Conversion  Factor under subsection (a) hereof) and the Value of the REIT
Shares on the 20th trading day  following  the record date  ("Record  Date") for
such dividend or distribution (the  "Post-Distribution  Value") is less than the
Value of the REIT Shares on the Business Day  immediately  preceding such Record
Date (the "Pre-Distribution  Value"), then the Conversion Factor in effect after
the Record Date shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor in effect
prior  to  the  Record  Date  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the
Pre-Distribution  Value and the  denominator  of which is the  Post-Distribution
Value,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that no adjustment shall be made if (x) with respect
to  any  cash  dividend  or  distribution  with  respect  to  REIT  shares,  the
Partnership distributes with respect to each Partnership Unit an amount equal to
the amount of such dividend or distribution  multiplied by the Conversion Factor
or (y) with respect to any dividend or  distribution  of  securities or property
other than cash, the Partnership  distributes  with respect to each  Partnership
Unit an amount of securities or other property  equal to the amount  distributed
with  respect  to each  REIT  share  multiplied  by the  Conversion  Ratio  or a
partnership  interest or other security readily convertible into such securities
or  other  property.  Any  adjustment  to the  Conversion  Factor  shall  become
effective  immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the
record date,  if any,  for such event;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the Company

                                       3
<PAGE>

receives a Notice of Exchange  after the record date, but prior to the effective
date of such dividend, distribution,  subdivision or combination, the Conversion
Factor shall be determined as if the Company had received the Notice of Exchange
immediately   prior  to  the  record  date  for  such  dividend,   distribution,
subdivision or combination.

         "EVENT OF  BANKRUPTCY"  as to any Person means the filing of a petition
for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy  Code of
1978 or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is
contested by such Person and has been dismissed  within 90 days);  insolvency or
bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; filing by
such  Person of a petition  or  application  to  accomplish  the same or for the
appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial  part of
his assets;  commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor
under any other reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency, adjustment of debt or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction,  whether now in existence or hereinafter in
effect, either by such Person or by another, PROVIDED that if such proceeding is
commenced by another,  such Person  indicates  his approval of such  proceeding,
consents thereto or acquiesces  therein, or such proceeding is contested by such
Person and has not been finally dismissed within 90 days.

         "EXCHANGE  AMOUNT"  means  either  the Cash  Amount or the REIT  Shares
Amount,  as  selected  by the  General  Partner  or the  Company in its sole and
absolute discretion pursuant to Section 8.05(b) hereof.

         "EXCHANGE RIGHT" has the meaning provided in Section 8.05(a) hereof.

         "EXCHANGING  PARTNER"  has the  meaning  provided  in  Section  8.05(a)
hereof.

         "GENERAL  PARTNER" means Ocwen General,  Inc., a Virginia  corporation,
and any  Person  who  becomes a  substitute  or  additional  General  Partner as
provided herein, and any of their successors as General Partner.

         "GENERAL PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means a Partnership Interest held by the
General Partner that is a general partnership interest.

         "INDEMNITEE"  means  (i) any  Person  made a party to a  proceeding  by
reason of its status as the Company, the General Partner or a director,  officer
or employee of the Company,  the  Partnership or the General  Partner,  and (ii)
such other Persons (including Affiliates of the Company,  General Partner or the
Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time, in its sole
and absolute discretion.

         "INDEPENDENT  DIRECTOR"  means a director  of the Company who is not an
officer or employee of the Company,  any  Affiliate of an officer or employee or
any Affiliate of (i) any lessee of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company,  (ii) any  Subsidiary of the Company,  or (iii) any  partnership
that is an Affiliate of the Company.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         "LIMITED  PARTNER"  means  any  Person  named as a Limited  Partner  on
EXHIBIT A attached hereto, and any Person who becomes a Substitute or Additional
Limited  Partner,  in  such  Person's  capacity  as a  Limited  Partner  in  the
Partnership.

         "LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST"  means  the  ownership  interest  of a
Limited Partner in the Partnership at any particular  time,  including the right
of such Limited  Partner to any and all  benefits to which such Limited  Partner
may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act,  together with the
obligations  of such Limited  Partner to comply with all the  provisions of this
Agreement and of such Act.

         "LOSS" has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(f) hereof.

         "NOTICE OF  EXCHANGE"  means the Notice of Exercise  of Exchange  Right
substantially in the form attached as EXHIBIT B hereto.

         "NASDAQ" means the Nasdaq Stock Market.

         "OFFER" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.

         "OFFERING"  means the  initial  offer and sale by the  Company  and the
purchase by the  Underwriters  (as defined in the Prospectus) of REIT Shares for
sale to the public.

         "ORIGINAL  LIMITED  PARTNER"  means  Ocwen  Limited,  Inc.,  a Virginia
corporation.

         "PARTNER" means any General Partner or Limited Partner.

         "PARTNER  NONRECOURSE  DEBT MINIMUM  GAIN" has the meaning set forth in
Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i).  A Partner's share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum  Gain  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Regulations  Section
1.704-2(i)(5).

         "PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST" means an ownership  interest in the Partnership
held by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all
benefits to which the holder of such a  Partnership  Interest may be entitled as
provided in this  Agreement,  together  with all  obligations  of such Person to
comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

         "PARTNERSHIP  MINIMUM  GAIN" has the meaning  set forth in  Regulations
Section  1.704-2(d).  In accordance with  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(d),  the
amount of Partnership  Minimum Gain is determined by first  computing,  for each
Partnership nonrecourse liability,  any gain the Partnership would realize if it
disposed of the property  subject to that liability for no  consideration  other
than full  satisfaction  of the liability,  and then  aggregating the separately
computed  gains.  A  Partner's  share  of  Partnership  Minimum  Gain  shall  be
determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).

         "PARTNERSHIP  RECORD  DATE"  means the record date  established  by the
General  Partner for the  distribution  of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof,
which  record  date  shall be the same as the  record  date  established  by the
Company for a distribution to its  shareholders of some or all of its portion of
such distribution.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         "PARTNERSHIP   UNIT"  means  a  fractional,   undivided  share  of  the
Partnership  Interests of all  Partners  issued  hereunder.  The  allocation  of
Partnership  Units among the Partners shall be as set forth on EXHIBIT A, as may
be amended from time to time.

         "PERCENTAGE  INTEREST" means the percentage  ownership  interest in the
Partnership  of each Partner,  as determined by dividing the  Partnership  Units
owned by a Partner by the total number of  Partnership  Units then  outstanding.
The  Percentage  Interest of each Partner shall be as set forth on EXHIBIT A, as
may be amended from time to time.

         "PERSON" means any individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture,
trust or other entity.

         "PROFIT" has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(f) hereof.

         "PROPERTY" means any office or industrial  property or other investment
in which the Partnership holds an ownership interest.

         "PROSPECTUS" means the final prospectus delivered to purchasers of REIT
Shares in the Offering.

         "REGULATIONS" means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the
Code,  as amended and as hereafter  amended from time to time.  Reference to any
particular  provision  of the  Regulations  shall  mean  that  provision  of the
Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.

         "REIT" means a real estate  investment trust under Sections 856 through
860 of the Code.

         "REIT EXPENSES" means (i) costs and expenses  relating to the formation
and  continuity of existence  and operation of the Company and any  Subsidiaries
thereof,  including Ocwen General,  Inc. (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes
hereof, be included within the definition of Company), including taxes, fees and
assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to
any  director,  officer,  or employee of the  Company,  (ii) costs and  expenses
relating to any public  offering and  registration  of securities by the Company
and all statements,  reports,  fees and expenses incidental thereto,  including,
without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to
any such offering of securities,  and any costs and expenses associated with any
claims made by any holders of such  securities or any  underwriters or placement
agents thereof,  (iii) costs and expenses  associated with any repurchase of any
securities  by  the  Company,  (iv)  costs  and  expenses  associated  with  the
preparation  and filing of any periodic or other reports and  communications  by
the Company under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings
with the  Commission,  (v) costs and expenses  associated with compliance by the
Company with laws,  rules and  regulations  promulgated by any regulatory  body,
including the Commission and any  securities  exchange,  (vi) costs and expenses
associated  with any  401(k)  plan,  incentive  plan,  bonus  plan or other plan
providing for  compensation  for the  employees of the Company,  (vii) costs and
expenses  incurred by the  Company  relating  to any  issuing or  redemption  of
Partnership Interests, and (viii) all other 

                                       6
<PAGE>

operating or administrative costs of the Company incurred in the ordinary course
of its business on behalf of or in connection with the Partnership.

         "REIT SHARE" means a common share of beneficial interest in the Company
(or successor Entity, as the case may be).

         "REIT SHARES AMOUNT" means a number of REIT Shares equal to the product
of the  number of  Partnership  Units  offered  for  exchange  by an  Exchanging
Partner,  multiplied by the  Conversion  Factor as adjusted to and including the
Specified  Exchange  Date;  PROVIDED THAT in the event the Company issues to all
holders of REIT Shares rights, options,  warrants or convertible or exchangeable
securities  entitling the shareholders to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares,
or any other securities or property (collectively, the "rights"), and the rights
have not expired at the  Specified  Exchange  Date,  then the REIT Shares Amount
shall also include the rights  issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount of
REIT Shares on the record date fixed for purposes of determining  the holders of
REIT Shares entitled to rights.

         "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "SERVICE" means the Internal Revenue Service.

         "SPECIFIED  EXCHANGE  DATE" means the first  business  day of the month
that is at least 60 business days after the receipt by the Company of the Notice
of Exchange.

         "SHARE   INCENTIVE  PLANS"  means  the  Ocwen  Asset  Investment  Corp.
non-qualified  stock  option plan,  as amended  from time to time,  or any stock
incentive plan adopted in the future by the Company.

         "SUBSIDIARY"  means,  with respect to any Person,  any  corporation  or
other  entity of which a majority of (i) the voting  power of the voting  equity
securities  or (ii) the  outstanding  equity  interests  is owned,  directly  or
indirectly, by such Person.

         "SUBSIDIARY PARTNERSHIP" means any partnership of which the partnership
interests  therein are owned by the Company or a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
Company.

         "SUBSTITUTE   LIMITED   PARTNER"  means  any  Person  admitted  to  the
Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.

         "SURVIVING  GENERAL  PARTNER"  has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
7.01(d) hereof.

         "TRANSACTION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.

         "TRANSFER" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.

         "VALUE" means,  with respect to any security,  the average of the daily
market price of such security for the ten consecutive  trading days  immediately
preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such trading day
shall be: (i) if security  is listed or  admitted 

                                       7
<PAGE>

to trading on any securities exchange or NASDAQ, the sale price, regular way, on
such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing
bid and asked  prices,  regular way, on such day, (ii) if security is not listed
or admitted to trading on any securities  exchange or NASDAQ takes place on such
day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by
a reliable  quotation source designated by the Company,  or (iii) if security is
not listed or  admitted to trading on any  securities  exchange or NASDAQ and no
such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the
average of the  reported  high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported
by a reliable  quotation source designated by the Company,  or if there shall be
no bid and asked  prices on such day,  the average of the high bid and low asked
prices, as so reported,  on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to
the date in question)  for which prices have been so reported;  PROVIDED THAT if
there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date
in question, the value of the security shall be determined by the Company acting
in good  faith on the  basis of such  quotations  and  other  information  as it
considers,  in its reasonable judgment,  appropriate.  In the event the security
includes  any  additional  rights,  then  the  value  of such  rights  shall  be
determined by the Company  acting in good faith on the basis of such  quotations
and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

                                   ARTICLE II

                   PARTNERSHIP CONTINUATION AND IDENTIFICATION

         2.01.  CONTINUATION.

         The Partners hereby agree to continue the  Partnership  pursuant to the
Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         2.02.  NAME, OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT.

         The name of the  Partnership is Ocwen  Partnership,  L.P. The specified
office  and  place of  business  of the  Partnership  shall be 1675  Palm  Beach
Boulevard,  Suite 1000, West Palm Beach,  Florida 33401. The General Partner may
at any time change the  location of such office,  provided  the General  Partner
gives notice to the Partners of any such change. The initial registered agent is
George  C.  Howell,  III,  who is a  resident  of  Virginia  and a member of the
Virginia State Bar, and whose  business  address is Riverfront  Plaza,  951 East
Byrd Street in the City of Richmond.  The sole duty of the  registered  agent as
such is to  forward  to the  Partnership  any  notice  that is  served on him as
registered agent.

         2.03.  PARTNERS.

         (a)    The General Partner of the Partnership is Ocwen General, Inc., a
Virginia corporation. Its principal place of business is the same as that of the
Partnership.

         (b)    The Limited  Partners are those  Persons  identified  as Limited
Partners on Exhibit A hereto, as amended from time to time.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         2.04.  TERM AND DISSOLUTION.

         (a)    The term of the  Partnership  shall  continue  in full force and
effect until December 31, 2050,  except that the Partnership  shall be dissolved
upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

                (i)    The  occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General
         Partner or the dissolution,  death,  removal or withdrawal of a General
         Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to
         Section  7.03(b)  hereof;  PROVIDED THAT if a General Partner is on the
         date of such occurrence a partnership,  the dissolution of such General
         Partner as a result of the dissolution,  death, withdrawal,  removal or
         Event of  Bankruptcy of a partner in such  partnership  shall not be an
         event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General
         Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone
         or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners
         comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;

                (ii)   The   passage   of  90  days  after  the  sale  or  other
         disposition  of  all  or  substantially   all  of  the  assets  of  the
         Partnership  (PROVIDED THAT if the Partnership  receives an installment
         obligation as  consideration  for such sale or other  disposition,  the
         Partnership   shall  continue,   unless  sooner   dissolved  under  the
         provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such note or notes are
         paid in full);

                (iii)  The exchange of all Limited Partnership  Interests (other
         than any of such interests held by the General Partner or Affiliates of
         the General Partner); or

                (iv)   The election by the General  Partner that the Partnership
         should be dissolved.

         (b)    Upon dissolution of the Partnership  (unless the business of the
Partnership  is  continued  pursuant  to Section  7.03(b)  hereof),  the General
Partner (or its  trustee,  receiver,  successor or legal  representative)  shall
amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership's assets and apply
and  distribute  the proceeds  thereof in  accordance  with Section 5.06 hereof.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the liquidating  General Partner may either (i)
defer  liquidation of, or withhold from  distribution for a reasonable time, any
assets  of  the   Partnership   (including   those   necessary  to  satisfy  the
Partnership's  debts and  obligations),  or (ii)  distribute  the  assets to the
Partners in kind.

         2.05.  FILING OF CERTIFICATE AND PERFECTION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP.

         The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge,  record and file at the
expense of the Partnership,  the Certificate and any and all amendments  thereto
and all  requisite  fictitious  name  statements  and notices in such places and
jurisdictions  as may be necessary to cause the 

                                       9
<PAGE>

Partnership  to be treated as a limited  partnership  under,  and  otherwise  to
comply  with,  the  laws of each  state  or  other  jurisdiction  in  which  the
Partnership conducts business.

         2.06.  CERTIFICATES DESCRIBING PARTNERSHIP UNITS.

         At the  request  of a Limited  Partner,  the  General  Partner,  at its
option, may issue a certificate  summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner's
interest in the Partnership, including the number of Partnership Units owned and
the Percentage Interest  represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of
such  certificate.  Any such  certificate  (i) shall be in form and substance as
approved by the General  Partner,  (ii) shall not be negotiable  and (iii) shall
bear a legend to the following effect:

         This  certificate is not negotiable.  The  Partnership  Units
         represented   by  this   certificate   are  governed  by  and
         transferable  only in accordance  with the  provisions of the
         Agreement of Limited Partnership of Ocwen Partnership,  L.P.,
         as amended from time to time.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP

         The  purpose  and  nature  of  the  business  to be  conducted  by  the
Partnership  is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully  conducted by a
limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, PROVIDED,  however, that such
business  shall be  limited to and  conducted  in such a manner as to permit the
Company at all times to qualify as a REIT,  unless the Company  otherwise ceases
to qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other
similar  arrangement  to  engage in any of the  foregoing  or the  ownership  of
interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything
necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing,  and
without  limiting the  Company's  right in its sole and absolute  discretion  to
cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners  acknowledge that the Company's current
status as a REIT and the  avoidance  of income and excise  taxes on the  Company
inures  to the  benefit  of all the  Partners  and not  solely  to the  Company.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Limited Partners agree that the Company may
terminate  its  status as a REIT  under the Code at any time to the full  extent
permitted under its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.  The General
Partner  shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things  necessary or
prudent to ensure that the  Partnership  will not be  classified  as a "publicly
traded partnership" for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                       CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

         4.01.  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

         The  General  Partner  and  the  Limited  Partners  have  made  capital
contributions  to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership  Interests set
forth opposite their names on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time.

         4.02.  ADDITIONAL  CAPITAL  CONTRIBUTIONS  AND  ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

         Except  as  provided  in this  Section  4.02 or in  Section  4.03,  the
Partners  shall  have no right or  obligation  to make  any  additional  Capital
Contributions  or loans to the  Partnership.  The General Partner may contribute
additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional
Partnership  Interests in respect  thereof,  in the manner  contemplated in this
Section 4.02.

         (a)    Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

                (i) GENERAL.  The  General  Partner is hereby  authorized  to
         cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests in
         the form of Partnership  Units for any Partnership  purpose at any time
         or from time to time, to the Partners  (including  the General  Partner
         and the Company) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such
         terms and conditions as shall be established by the General  Partner in
         its sole and  absolute  discretion,  all  without  the  approval of any
         Limited Partners.  Any additional  Partnership Interests issued thereby
         may be issued in one or more  classes,  or one or more series of any of
         such  classes,  with  such  designations,   preferences  and  relative,
         participating,  optional or other  special  rights,  powers and duties,
         including  rights,  powers  and duties  senior to  Limited  Partnership
         Interests,  all as shall be  determined  by the General  Partner in its
         sole and  absolute  discretion  and without the approval of any Limited
         Partner,  subject to Virginia law, including,  without limitation,  (i)
         the allocations of items of Partnership income,  gain, loss,  deduction
         and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests;  (ii)
         the right of each such  class or series  of  Partnership  Interests  to
         share in Partnership  distributions;  and (iii) the rights of each such
         class  or  series  of  Partnership   Interests  upon   dissolution  and
         liquidation of the Partnership;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that no additional
         Partnership  Interests  shall be issued to the  General  Partner or the
         Company unless:

                       (1)    (A)  the  additional   Partnership  Interests  are
                issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares of or other
                interests  in  the  Company,  which  shares  or  interests  have
                designations,  preferences  and other rights,  all such that the
                economic   interests   are   substantially    similar   to   the
                designations,  preferences  and other  rights of the  additional
                Partnership

                                       11
<PAGE>

                              Interests  issued to the  General  Partner  or the
                 Company by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02
                 and (B) the General Partner or the Company shall make a Capital
                 Contribution  to the  Partnership  in an  amount  equal  to the
                 proceeds  raised in connection with the issuance of such shares
                 of stock of or other interests in the Company;

                       (2)    the additional Partnership Interests are issued in
                exchange  for  property  owned  by the  Company  or the  General
                Partner with a fair market  value,  as determined by the General
                Partner,  in good faith,  equal to the value of the  Partnership
                Interests; or

                       (3)    the additional Partnership Interests are issued to
                all  Partners  in  proportion  to  their  respective  Percentage
                Interests.

Without limiting the foregoing,  the General Partner is expressly  authorized to
cause the  Partnership  to issue  Partnership  Units  for less than fair  market
value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance
is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership.

                (ii)   UPON ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES. The Company shall
         not issue any additional  REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued in
         connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof) or rights,
         options,  warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities containing
         the right to  subscribe  for or  purchase  REIT  Shares  (collectively,
         "Additional  Securities")  other than to all  holders  of REIT  Shares,
         unless (A) the General  Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to
         the General  Partner  and the  Company,  as the Company may  designate,
         Partnership  Interests or rights,  options,  warrants or convertible or
         exchangeable   securities  of  the  Partnership  having   designations,
         preferences and other rights,  all such that the economic interests are
         substantially  similar to those of the Additional  Securities,  and (B)
         the  Company  contributes  the  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  such
         Additional Securities and from any exercise of rights contained in such
         Additional Securities, directly and through the General Partner, to the
         Partnership;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Company is allowed to issue
         Additional  Securities in connection  with an acquisition of a property
         to be held  directly  by the  Company,  but if and only if, such direct
         acquisition  and issuance of Additional  Securities  have been approved
         and  determined  to be in the best  interests  of the  Company  and the
         Partnership  by  a  majority  of  the  Independent  Directors.  Without
         limiting the  foregoing,  the Company is expressly  authorized to issue
         Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and to cause the
         Partnership   to  issue  to  the   General   Partner  and  the  Company
         corresponding Partnership Interests, so long as (x) the General Partner
         concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best  interests of
         the General Partner, the Company and the Partnership, including without
         limitation,  the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding  Partnership
         Units  pursuant  to an  employee  share  purchase  plan  providing  for
         employee  purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value
         or employee stock 

                                       12
<PAGE>

         options  that have an exercise  price that is less than the fair market
         value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time
         of exercise,  and (y) the Company  contributes  all proceeds  from such
         issuance,  directly or through the General Partner, to the Partnership.
         For  example,  in the event the  Company  issues REIT Shares for a cash
         purchase  price and  contributes  all of the proceeds of such issuance,
         directly  and  through  the  General  Partner,  to the  Partnership  as
         required hereunder, the General Partner and the Company, as the Company
         may so designate,  shall be issued a number of  additional  Partnership
         Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued
         by the Company,  the proceeds of which were so contributed,  multiplied
         by (B) a fraction,  the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator
         of  which  is the  Conversion  Factor  in  effect  on the  date of such
         contribution.

         (b)    CERTAIN  DEEMED  CONTRIBUTIONS  OF  PROCEEDS OF ISSUANCE OF REIT
SHARES. In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the Company and
the General Partner, as the Company determines, shall make Capital Contributions
to the  Partnership  of the proceeds  therefrom,  PROVIDED  THAT if the proceeds
actually  received  and  contributed  by the  Company,  directly  or through the
General  Partner,  are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result
of any  underwriter's  discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection
with such issuance,  then the General Partner and the Company shall be deemed to
have made Capital  Contributions  to the Partnership in the aggregate  amount of
the  gross  proceeds  of such  issuance  and the  Partnership  shall  be  deemed
simultaneously  to have paid such offering  expenses in accordance  with Section
6.05  hereof  and  in  connection  with  the  required  issuance  of  additional
Partnership  Units to the  General  Partner  and the  Company  for such  Capital
Contributions pursuant to Section 4.02(a) hereof.

         (c)    In the  event the  Company  purchases  any REIT  Shares or other
shares of any class of the Company's  capital  stock,  then the General  Partner
shall  cause the  Partnership  to purchase a number of  Partnership  Units held,
directly or indirectly,  by the Company, as the Company may designate,  equal to
the  quotient of the number of such REIT Shares or such shares of the  Company's
capital  stock divided by the  Conversion  Factor and on the same terms that the
Company  exchanged  such REIT  Shares or such  shares of the  Company's  capital
stock.  Moreover,  if the Company  makes a cash  tender  offer or other offer to
acquire REIT Shares or other shares of any class of the Company's capital stock,
then the General  Partner shall cause the  Partnership  to make a  corresponding
offer to the Company, or the direct or indirect  subsidiaries  through which the
Company holds  Partnership  Units,  as the Company may designate,  to acquire an
equal number of Partnership Units held, directly or indirectly,  by the Company.
In the event  any REIT  Shares  or other  shares  of any class of the  Company's
capital  stock are  acquired  by the  Company  pursuant  to such tender or other
offer, the Partnership  shall purchase an equivalent number of Partnership Units
held, directly or indirectly,  by the Company, as the Company may designate, for
an equivalent  purchase price based on the application of the Conversion Factor.
Lastly,  if the Company  shall  repurchase  any REIT Shares or any shares of any
class of the  Company's  capital  stock  pursuant  to this  section,  all  costs
incurred in connection with such  repurchase  shall be reimbursed to the General
Partner by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

                                       13
<PAGE>

         4.03.  ADDITIONAL FUNDING.

         If the General  Partner  determines that it is in the best interests of
the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds ("Additional Funds")
for any Partnership  purpose,  the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership
to obtain such funds from outside borrowings,  or (ii) elect to have the General
Partner or the Company provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership  through
loans or otherwise.

         4.04.  CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

         A separate  capital account (a "Capital  Account") shall be established
and  maintained  for  each  Partner  in  accordance  with  Regulations   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  If (i) a new or  existing  Partner  acquires  an  additional
Partnership   Interest  in  exchange   for  more  than  a  DE  MINIMIS   Capital
Contribution,  (ii) the  Partnership  distributes  to a  Partner  more than a DE
MINIMIS  amount of  Partnership  property  as  consideration  for a  Partnership
Interest,  or  (iii)  the  Partnership  is  liquidated  within  the  meaning  of
Regulation Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g),  the General Partner shall revalue the
property of the  Partnership  to its fair  market  value (as  determined  by the
General Partner,  in its sole and absolute  discretion,  and taking into account
Section   7701(g)  of  the  Code)  in  accordance   with   Regulations   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f). When the Partnership's property is revalued by the General
Partner,  the Capital  Accounts of the Partners  shall be adjusted in accordance
with Regulations Sections  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require
such  Capital  Accounts  to be  adjusted  to  reflect  the  manner  in which the
unrealized  gain or loss inherent in such property  (that has not been reflected
in the  Capital  Accounts  previously)  would be  allocated  among the  Partners
pursuant to Section 5.01 if there were a taxable  disposition  of such  property
for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and
absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the
date of the revaluation.

         4.05.  PERCENTAGE INTERESTS.

         If the number of outstanding  Partnership  Units increases or decreases
during a taxable year, each Partner's  Percentage  Interest shall be adjusted by
the General Partner  effective as of the effective date of each such increase or
decrease to a percentage  equal to the number of Partnership  Units held by such
Partner divided by the aggregate number of Partnership  Units  outstanding after
giving  effect  to  such  increase  or  decrease.  If the  Partners'  Percentage
Interests are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.05, the Profits and Losses for
the taxable year in which the adjustment  occurs shall be allocated  between the
part of the year ending on the day when the  Partnership's  property is revalued
by the General  Partner and the part of the year  beginning on the following day
either (i) as if the  taxable  year had ended on the date of the  adjustment  or
(ii) based on the number of days in each part. The General Partner,  in its sole
and absolute discretion,  shall determine which method shall be used to allocate
Profits  and Losses for the taxable  year in which the  adjustment  occurs.  The
allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based
on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and
Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         4.06.  NO INTEREST ON CONTRIBUTIONS.

         No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.

         4.07.  RETURN OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

         No  Partner  shall be  entitled  to  withdraw  any part of its  Capital
Contribution  or its  Capital  Account or to receive any  distribution  from the
Partnership,  except  as  specifically  provided  in this  Agreement.  Except as
otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner
or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner's Capital Contribution for so long
as the Partnership continues in existence.

         4.08.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.

         No creditor or other third party having  dealings with the  Partnership
shall have the right to enforce the right or  obligation  of any Partner to make
Capital  Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder
or at law or in equity,  it being  understood  and agreed that the provisions of
this  Agreement  shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced  solely
by, the parties hereto and their respective  successors and assigns. None of the
rights  or  obligations  of the  Partners  herein  set  forth  to  make  Capital
Contributions  or  loans to the  Partnership  shall  be  deemed  an asset of the
Partnership  for any purpose by any creditor or other third party,  nor may such
rights or  obligations be sold,  transferred  or assigned by the  Partnership or
pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other  obligation
of the Partnership or of any of the Partners.  In addition,  it is the intent of
the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a
return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court
of competent  jurisdiction  holds that,  notwithstanding  the provisions of this
Agreement,  any Limited  Partner is  obligated to return such money or property,
such  obligation  shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the
General  Partner.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  a deficit
Capital  Account  of a Partner  shall not be  deemed to be a  liability  of such
Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.

                                    ARTICLE V

                        PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

         5.01.  ALLOCATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS.

         (a)    GENERAL. Profit and Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year
of the  Partnership  shall be allocated  among the Partners in  accordance  with
their respective Percentage Interests.

         (b)    MINIMUM GAIN  CHARGEBACK.  Notwithstanding  any provision to the
contrary,  (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a "nonrecourse  deduction"
within the meaning of Regulations  Section  1.704-2(b)(1)  shall be allocated in
accordance with the Partners' respective Percentage Interests,  (ii) any expense
of the Partnership that is a "partner nonrecourse  deduction" within the meaning
of  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i)(2)  shall be  allocated to the

                                       15
<PAGE>

Partner that bears the "economic  risk of loss" of such  deduction in accordance
with  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i)(1),  (iii) if there is a net  decrease in
Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1)
for any Partnership  taxable year, then,  subject to the exceptions set forth in
Regulations  Section  1.704-2(f)(2),(3),  (4) and (5),  items of gain and income
shall be allocated  among the Partners in accordance  with  Regulations  Section
1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations  Section  1.704-2(j),
and (iv) if there is a net  decrease in Partner  Nonrecourse  Debt  Minimum Gain
within the meaning of  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i)(4)  for any  Partnership
taxable year, then,  subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations  Section
1.704(2)(g),  items of gain and income shall be allocated  among the Partners in
accordance  with  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i)(4)  and  the  ordering  rules
contained  in  Regulations   Section   1.704-2(j).   A  Partner's  "interest  in
partnership  profits" for purposes of determining  its share of the  nonrecourse
liabilities  of the  Partnership  within  the  meaning  of  Regulations  Section
1.752-3(a)(3) shall be such Partner's Percentage Interest.

         (c)    QUALIFIED  INCOME OFFSET.  If a Partner  receives in any taxable
year an adjustment,  allocation, or distribution described in subparagraphs (4),
(5), or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases
a deficit balance in such Partner's Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such
Partner's  shares of  Partnership  Minimum  Gain and  Partner  Nonrecourse  Debt
Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations  Sections  1.704-2(g)
and 1.704-2(i),  such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year
(and, if necessary,  later taxable  years) items of income and gain in an amount
and manner  sufficient  to eliminate  such deficit  Capital  Account  balance as
quickly as possible as provided  in  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
After  the  occurrence  of an  allocation  of  income  or gain to a  Partner  in
accordance  with this Section  5.01(c),  to the extent  permitted by Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b),  items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner
in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such
Partner under this Section 5.01(c).

         (d)    CAPITAL  ACCOUNT  DEFICITS.  Loss  shall not be  allocated  to a
Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such
Partner's  Capital  Account (after  reduction to reflect the items  described in
Regulations Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of
such Partner's shares of Partnership  Minimum Gain and Partner  Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum Gain.  Any Loss in excess of that  limitation  shall be allocated to the
General  Partner.  After the  occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General
Partner in  accordance  with this Section  5.01(d),  to the extent  permitted by
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b),  Profit shall be allocated to such Partner in an
amount  necessary to offset the Loss previously  allocated to each Partner under
this Section 5.01(d).

         (e)    ALLOCATIONS  BETWEEN  TRANSFEROR  AND  TRANSFEREE.  If a Partner
transfers any part or all of its Partnership  Interest,  the distributive shares
of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such
fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the
transferee  Partner either (i) as if the Partnership's  fiscal year had ended on
the date of the  transfer,  or (ii) based on the  number of days of such  fiscal
year that each was a  Partner  without  regard  to the  results  of  Partnership
activities  in the  respective  portions  of  such  fiscal  year  in  which  the
transferor and the transferee were Partners.  The General  Partner,  in its sole
and absolute discretion,  shall determine which method shall be used to allocate
the

                                       16
<PAGE>

distributive  shares  of the  various  items  of  Profit  and Loss  between  the
transferor and the transferee Partner.

         (f)    DEFINITION OF PROFIT AND LOSS. "Profit" and "Loss" and any items
of  income,  gain,  expense,  or loss  referred  to in this  Agreement  shall be
determined in  accordance  with federal  income tax  accounting  principles,  as
modified by Regulations Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv),  except that Profit and Loss
shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated
pursuant to Sections 5.01(b),  5.01(c),  or 5.01(d).  All allocations of income,
Profit,  gain,  Loss, and expense (and all items contained  therein) for federal
income tax  purposes  shall be identical  to all  allocations  of such items set
forth in this Section 5.01,  except as otherwise  required by Section  704(c) of
the Code and Regulations Section  1.704-1(b)(4).  The General Partner shall have
the authority to elect the method to be used by the  Partnership  for allocating
items of income,  gain,  and expense as  required by Section  704(c) of the Code
including a method that may result in a Partner  receiving a  disproportionately
larger share of the Partnership tax depreciation  deductions,  and such election
shall be binding on all Partners.

         5.02.  DISTRIBUTION OF CASH.

         (a)    The Partnership shall distribute cash on a quarterly (or, at the
election of the General Partner,  more frequent) basis, in an amount  determined
by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion,  to the Partners who
are  Partners on the  Partnership  Record Date with  respect to such quarter (or
other  distribution  period)  in  accordance  with their  respective  Percentage
Interests on the Partnership Record Date;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if a new or
existing Partner acquires an additional  Partnership  Interest in exchange for a
Capital  Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date, the cash
distribution  attributable to such additional  Partnership  Interest relating to
the  Partnership  Record Date next  following  the  issuance of such  additional
Partnership  Interest  shall be reduced in the  proportion  to (i) the number of
days that such additional  Partnership Interest is held by such Partner bears to
(ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately
preceding Partnership Record Date.

         (b)    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  the
General  Partner is  authorized  to take any  action  that it  determines  to be
necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding
requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law
including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of
the Code.  To the extent that the  Partnership  is required to withhold  and pay
over to any  taxing  authority  any  amount  resulting  from the  allocation  or
distribution  of income  to the  Partner  or  assignee  (including  by reason of
Section 1446 of the Code),  either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to
the  Partner  equals or  exceeds  the  amount  required  to be  withheld  by the
Partnership,  the amount  withheld shall be treated as a distribution of cash in
the amount of such withholding to such Partner,  or (ii) if the actual amount to
be distributed to the Partner is less than the amount required to be withheld by
the  Partnership,  the amount required to be withheld shall be treated as a loan
(a  "Partnership  Loan")  from the  Partnership  to the  Partner  on the day the
Partnership  pays over such amount to a taxing  authority.  A  Partnership  Loan
shall  be  repaid  through  withholding  by  the  Partnership  with  respect  to
subsequent  distributions  to the applicable  Partner or assignee.  In the event
that a Limited Partner (a "Defaulting  Limited 

                                       17
<PAGE>

Partner")  fails to pay any amount owed to the  Partnership  with respect to the
Partnership  Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the
Partnership  on the  Limited  Partner,  the  General  Partner,  in its  sole and
absolute discretion,  may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf
of such Defaulting Limited Partner.  In such event, on the date of payment,  the
General  Partner  shall be deemed to have  extended a loan (a  "General  Partner
Loan") to the  Defaulting  Limited  Partner in the amount of the payment made by
the  General  Partner  and shall  succeed  to all  rights  and  remedies  of the
Partnership  against the Defaulting  Limited Partner as to that amount.  Without
limitation,   the  General   Partner   shall  have  the  right  to  receive  any
distributions  that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting
Limited  Partner  until such time as the General  Partner  Loan has been paid in
full,  and any such  distributions  so received by the General  Partner shall be
treated  as  having  been  received  by  the  Defaulting   Limited  Partner  and
immediately paid to the General Partner.

         Any amounts  treated as a  Partnership  Loan or a General  Partner Loan
pursuant to this Section  5.02(b)  shall bear  interest at the lesser of (i) the
base rate on  corporate  loans at large United  States  money center  commercial
banks,  as published from time to time in THE WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  or (ii) the
maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from
the date the  Partnership or the General  Partner,  as applicable,  is deemed to
extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.

         (c)    In no event may a Partner  receive a  distribution  of cash with
respect to a  Partnership  Unit if such  Partner is  entitled  to receive a cash
dividend  as the  holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such
Partnership Unit has been or will be exchanged.

         5.03.  REIT DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

         The  General  Partner  shall use its  reasonable  efforts  to cause the
Partnership  to  distribute  amounts  sufficient  to enable  the  Company to pay
shareholder  dividends that will allow the Company to (i) meet its  distribution
requirement for  qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code
and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code.

         5.04.  DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND.

         (a)    Subject to Subsection  (b) hereof,  no Partner shall be entitled
to demand property other than cash in connection with any  distributions  by the
Partnership.

         (b)    If the  Company  decides to  securitize  mortgage  loans  and/or
leases  of  real  estate  through  the  issuance  of   collateralized   mortgage
obligations,  each of the General  Partner and the Original  Limited Partner has
the right to redeem a portion of its  Partnership  Interest in exchange  for the
mortgage  loans and/or  leases to be  securitized.  The portion of a Partnership
Interest  redeemed pursuant to this Section will be determined based on the fair
market value of the  mortgage  loans and/or  leases  distributed  to the General
Partner or Original Limited  Partner.  Such fair market value will be determined
by the  General  Partner,  but will be subject to the review of the  Independent
Directors.

                                       18
<PAGE>

         5.05.  LIMITATIONS ON RETURN OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

         Notwithstanding  any of the  provisions  of this  Article V, no Partner
shall have the right to receive and the General Partner shall not have the right
to make,  a  distribution  that  includes a return of all or part of a Partner's
Capital  Contributions,  unless after  giving  effect to the return of a Capital
Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities
to a Partner  for the return of his  Capital  Contribution,  does not exceed the
fair market value of the Partnership's assets.

         5.06.  DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION.

         Upon  liquidation  of the  Partnership,  after  payment of, or adequate
provision for, debts and obligations of the  Partnership,  including any Partner
loans,  any remaining  assets of the  Partnership  shall be  distributed  to all
Partners with positive  Capital  Accounts in  accordance  with their  respective
positive Capital Account balances.  For purposes of the preceding sentence,  the
Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined  after all adjustments  made
in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 resulting from Partnership  operations
and from all  sales  and  dispositions  of all or any part of the  Partnership's
assets.  To the extent  deemed  advisable  by the General  Partner,  appropriate
arrangements  (including  the use of a liquidating  trust) may be made to assure
that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.

         5.07.  SUBSTANTIAL ECONOMIC EFFECT.

         It is the intent of the  Partners  that the  allocations  of Profit and
Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with
the  Partners'  interests in the  Partnership  in the case of the  allocation of
losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of
the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article
V and other  relevant  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted in a
manner consistent with such intent.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                             RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND
                          POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

         6.01.  MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

         (a)    Except as otherwise  expressly  provided in this Agreement,  the
General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and
control the business of the  Partnership  for the purposes  herein  stated,  and
shall make all decisions  affecting the business and assets of the  Partnership.
Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers
of the General Partner shall include, without limitation,  the authority to take
the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:

                (i)    to acquire,  purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of
         any real property and any other property or assets  including,  but not
         limited to notes and 

                                  19
<PAGE>

         mortgages,  that  the  General  Partner  determines  are  necessary  or
         appropriate   or  in  the  best   interests  of  the  business  of  the
         Partnership;

                (ii)   to construct buildings and make other improvements on the
         properties owned or leased by the Partnership;

                (iii)  to authorize,  issue,  sell, redeem or otherwise purchase
         any  Partnership  Interests or any  securities  (including  secured and
         unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership,  debt obligations of the
         Partnership  convertible  into  any  class  or  series  of  Partnership
         Interests, or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating
         to any Partnership Interests) of the Partnership;

                (iv)   to borrow or lend  money  for the  Partnership,  issue or
         receive evidences of indebtedness in connection  therewith,  refinance,
         increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend
         the time for the  payment  of, any such  indebtedness,  and secure such
         indebtedness  by mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge or other lien on the
         Partnership's assets;

                (v)    to pay,  either  directly  or by  reimbursement,  for all
         operating costs and general administrative  expenses of the Partnership
         to third  parties or to the General  Partner or its  Affiliates  as set
         forth in this Agreement,

                (vi)   to guarantee or become a comaker of  indebtedness  of the
         Company or any Subsidiary thereof,  refinance,  increase the amount of,
         modify,  amend or change  the  terms  of,  or  extend  the time for the
         payment  of,  any such  guarantee  or  indebtedness,  and  secure  such
         guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge or other
         lien on the Partnership's assets;

                (vii)  to use  assets  of the  Partnership  (including,  without
         limitation,  cash  on  hand)  for  any  purpose  consistent  with  this
         Agreement,  including, without limitation,  payment, either directly or
         by  reimbursement,  of all operating  costs and general  administrative
         expenses of the Company,  the General  Partner,  the Partnership or any
         Subsidiary of either, to third parties or to the General Partner as set
         forth in this Agreement;

                (viii) to lease all or any  portion of any of the  Partnership's
         assets,  whether  or not the terms of such  leases  extend  beyond  the
         termination  date of the  Partnership and whether or not any portion of
         the  Partnership's  assets so leased are to be  occupied by the lessee,
         or,  in  turn,  subleased  in  whole  or in part to  others,  for  such
         consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine;

                (ix)   to prosecute,  defend,  arbitrate,  or compromise any and
         all claims or  liabilities in favor of or against the  Partnership,  on
         such terms and in such  manner as the General  Partner  may  reasonably
         determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with
         respect to the Partners, the Partnership,  or the 

                                       20
<PAGE>

         Partnership's assets;  provided,  HOWEVER, that the General Partner may
         not,  without  the consent of all of the  Partners,  confess a judgment
         against the Partnership  that is in excess of $20,000 or is not covered
         by insurance;

                (x)    to file  applications,  communicate,  and otherwise  deal
         with any and all governmental  agencies having jurisdiction over, or in
         any way affecting,  the Partnership's assets or any other aspect of the
         Partnership business;

                (xi)   to make or revoke any  election  permitted or required of
         the Partnership by any taxing authority;

                (xii)  to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability,
         fire and casualty,  and any and all other  insurance for the protection
         of the Partnership,  for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for
         any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership,  in such
         amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;

                (xiii) to  determine  whether  or not  to  apply  any  insurance
         proceeds for any  property to the  restoration  of such  property or to
         distribute the same;

                (xiv)  to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to
         hire and dismiss  employees of the  Partnership  or any division of the
         Partnership,  and to retain legal  counsel,  accountants,  consultants,
         real estate brokers, and such other persons, as the General Partner may
         deem  necessary  or  appropriate  in  connection  with the  Partnership
         business  and to  pay  therefor  such  reasonable  remuneration  as the
         General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;

                (xv)   to  retain  other  services  of any  kind  or  nature  in
         connection  with the  Partnership  business,  and to pay therefor  such
         remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;

                (xvi)  to  negotiate  and conclude  agreements  on behalf of the
         Partnership  with  respect to any of the rights,  powers and  authority
         conferred upon the General Partner;

                (xvii) to  maintain  accurate  accounting  records  and to  file
         promptly all  federal,  state and local income tax returns on behalf of
         the Partnership;

                (xviii) to distribute  Partnership  cash  or  other  Partnership
         assets in accordance with this Agreement;

                (xix)  to  form  or  acquire  an  interest  in,  and  contribute
         property  to,  any  further  limited  or  general  partnerships,  joint
         ventures or other  relationships  that it deems  desirable  (including,
         without   limitation,   the   acquisition  of  interests  in,  and  the
         contributions  of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in
         which it has an equity interest from time to time);

                                       21
<PAGE>

                (xx)   to establish  Partnership  reserves for working  capital,
         capital  expenditures,  contingent  liabilities,  or  any  other  valid
         Partnership purpose; and

                (xxi)  to merge,  consolidate or combine the Partnership with or
         into another person (to the extent permitted by applicable law);

                (xxii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to
         ensure  that the  Partnership  will not be  classified  as a  "publicly
         traded partnership" for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code; and

                (xxiii)to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to
         or deliver such other  documents and  instruments,  and perform any and
         all other acts that the General  Partner deems necessary or appropriate
         for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs
         of  the  Partnership  (including,   without  limitation,   all  actions
         consistent  with allowing the Company at all times to qualify as a REIT
         unless the  Company  voluntarily  terminates  its REIT  status)  and to
         possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general  partner as
         provided by the Act.

         (b)    Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of
the General Partner  require  expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties,
the  General  Partner  shall not have any  obligations  hereunder  except to the
extent that partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance
of such duties,  and nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize or
require the General  Partner,  in its capacity as such, to expend its individual
funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any  individual  liability or
obligation on behalf of the Partnership.

         6.02.  DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

         The General  Partner may delegate any or all of its powers,  rights and
obligations hereunder,  and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with
any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership,  which Person
may, under supervision of the General Partner,  perform any acts or services for
the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.

         6.03.  INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION OF INDEMNITEES.

         (a)    The  Partnership  shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against
any and all losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities,  joint or several,  expenses
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses),  judgments,  fines, settlements,
and other amounts arising from any and all claims,  demands,  actions,  suits or
proceedings,  civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative,  that relate to
the  operations of the  Partnership  as set forth in this Agreement in which any
Indemnitee  may be involved,  or is  threatened  to be  involved,  as a party or
otherwise,  unless  it is  established  that:  (i)  the act or  omission  of the
Indemnitee  was material to the matter giving rise to the  proceeding and either
was  committed  in  bad  faith  or was  the  result  of  active  and  deliberate
dishonesty;  (ii) the Indemnitee  actually received an improper personal benefit
in money, property or services; or

                                       22
<PAGE>

(iii) in the case of any criminal  proceeding,  the  Indemnitee  had  reasonable
cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.  The  termination of any
proceeding by judgment,  order or settlement does not create a presumption  that
the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite  standard of conduct set forth in this
Section 6.03(a).  The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea
of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior
to judgment,  creates a rebuttable  presumption  that the Indemnitee  acted in a
manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a).  Any  indemnification
pursuant  to this  Section  6.03  shall be made  only out of the  assets  of the
Partnership.

         (b)    The  Partnership  shall  reimburse an Indemnitee  for reasonable
expenses  incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of
the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a
written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee's good faith belief that
the standard of conduct  necessary for  indemnification  by the  Partnership  as
authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written  undertaking by
or on behalf of the  Indemnitee  to repay the amount if it shall  ultimately  be
determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

         (c)    The  indemnification  provided by this  Section 6.03 shall be in
addition to any other rights to which an  Indemnitee  or any other Person may be
entitled under any agreement,  pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter
of law or otherwise,  and shall  continue as to an Indemnitee  who has ceased to
serve in such capacity.

         (d)    The Partnership may purchase and maintain  insurance,  on behalf
of the  Indemnitees  and  such  other  Persons  as  the  General  Partner  shall
determine,  against any liability that may be asserted  against or expenses that
may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership's  activities,
regardless  of whether the  Partnership  would have the power to indemnify  such
Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

         (e)    For  purposes of this Section  6.03,  the  Partnership  shall be
deemed to have  requested  an  Indemnitee  to serve as  fiduciary of an employee
benefit plan  whenever the  performance  by it of its duties to the  Partnership
also  imposes  duties on, or otherwise  involves  services by, it to the plan or
participants  or  beneficiaries  of  the  plan;  excise  taxes  assessed  on  an
Indemnitee  with respect to an employee  benefit plan pursuant to applicable law
shall  constitute  fines  within the meaning of this Section  6.03;  and actions
taken or omitted by the Indemnitee  with respect to an employee  benefit plan in
the performance of its duties for a purpose  reasonably  believed by it to be in
the interest of the participants  and  beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed
to be  for a  purpose  which  is  not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
Partnership.

         (f)    In no event may an  Indemnitee  subject the Limited  Partners to
personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this
Agreement.

         (g)    An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in
part under this  Section  6.03  because  the  Indemnitee  had an interest in the
transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction
was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         (h)    The  provisions  of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the
Indemnitees,  their heirs, successors,  assigns and administrators and shall not
be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

         6.04.  LIABILITY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.

         (a)    Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set  forth  in this
Agreement,  the General Partner shall not be liable for monetary  damages to the
Partnership or any Partners for losses  sustained or  liabilities  incurred as a
result of errors in judgment  or of any act or  omission if the General  Partner
acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that
the General  Partner may owe to the Limited  Partners or the  Partnership or any
other  Persons  under this  Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or
equity provided the General Partner,  acting in good faith,  abides by the terms
of this Agreement.

         (b)    The  Limited  Partners  expressly  acknowledge  that the General
Partner is acting on behalf of the  Partnership,  the Company and the  Company's
shareholders  collectively,  that the General  Partner is under no obligation to
consider the  separate  interests of the Limited  Partners  (including,  without
limitation,  the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of
same,  but not all, of the Limited  Partners)  in deciding  whether to cause the
Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict
between the  interests  of the  shareholders  of the Company on one hand and the
Limited  Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith
to resolve the  conflict in a manner not adverse to either the  shareholders  of
the Company or the Limited Partners;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for so long as the
Company,  directly or the General  Partner  owns a  controlling  interest in the
Partnership,  any  such  conflict  that  the  General  Partner,  in its sole and
absolute  discretion,  determines  cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to
either the shareholders of the Company or the Limited Partners shall be resolved
in favor of the  shareholders.  The  General  Partner  shall not be  liable  for
monetary damages for losses  sustained,  liabilities  incurred,  or benefits not
derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions, PROVIDED that the
General Partner has acted in good faith.

         (c)    Subject to its  obligations  and duties as General  Partner  set
forth in Section 6.01 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers
granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it
hereunder either directly or by or through its agents. The General Partner shall
not be  responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence on the part of any such
agent appointed by it in good faith.

         (d)    Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Agreement or the
Act,  any  action of the  General  Partner on behalf of the  Partnership  or any
decision  of the  General  Partner  to  refrain  from  acting  on  behalf of the
Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is
necessary  or  advisable  in order (i) to protect  the ability of the Company to
continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent the Company from  incurring any
taxes under Section 857,  Section  4981, or any other  provision of the Code, is
expressly  authorized  under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the
Limited Partners.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         (e)    Any  amendment,  modification  or repeal of this Section 6.04 or
any provision  hereof shall be prospective  only and shall not in any way affect
the  limitations on the General  Partner's  liability to the Partnership and the
Limited Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect  immediately prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or
in part,  prior to such amendment,  modification  or repeal,  regardless of when
claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.

         6.05.  REIMBURSEMENT OF GENERAL PARTNER.

         (a)    Except as provided in this  Section  6.05 and  elsewhere in this
Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions,
payments,  and  allocations  to which it may be entitled),  the General  Partner
shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

         (b)    The General  Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis,  or
such other basis as the General  Partner may  determine in its sole and absolute
discretion, for all REIT Expenses and Administrative Expenses.

         6.06.  OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.

         The Partners  and any  officer,  director,  employee,  agent,  trustee,
Affiliate,  Subsidiary,  or  shareholder of any Partner shall be entitled to and
may have  business  interests  and engage in business  activities in addition to
those relating to the Partnership,  including  business interests and activities
substantially  similar or  identical  to those of the  Partnership.  Neither the
Partnership  nor any of the Limited  Partners shall have any rights by virtue of
this Agreement in any such business  ventures,  interest or activities.  None of
the Limited  Partners  nor any other  Person  shall have any rights by virtue of
this Agreement or the partnership  relationship  established  hereby in any such
business ventures,  interests or activities,  and the General Partner shall have
no  obligation  pursuant  to this  Agreement  to offer any  interest in any such
business  ventures,  interests and activities to the  Partnership or any Limited
Partner,  even if such  opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the
Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.

         6.07.  EMPLOYMENT OR RETENTION OF AFFILIATES.

         (a)    Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained
by the  Partnership  and may otherwise deal with the  Partnership  (whether as a
buyer, lessor, lessee, manager,  furnisher of goods or services,  broker, agent,
lender or  otherwise)  and may receive from the  Partnership  any  compensation,
price, or other payment therefor which the General Partner determines to be fair
and reasonable.

         (b)    The  Partnership  may lend or contribute to its  Subsidiaries or
other Persons in which it has an equity investment,  and such Persons may borrow
funds from the Partnership,  on terms and conditions established in the sole and
absolute  discretion of the General Partner.  The foregoing  authority shall not
create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

                                       25
<PAGE>

         (c)    The Partnership  may transfer  assets to joint  ventures,  other
partnerships,  corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby
becomes a  participant  upon such terms and  subject to such  conditions  as the
General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

         (d)    Except as  expressly  permitted by this  Agreement,  neither the
General  Partner nor any of its  Affiliates  shall sell,  transfer or convey any
property  to, or  purchase  any  property  from,  the  Partnership,  directly or
indirectly,  except pursuant to transactions that are on terms that are fair and
reasonable to the Partnership.

         6.08.  GENERAL PARTNER PARTICIPATION.

         The General Partner agrees,  on behalf of the Company that all business
activities of the Company shall  generally be conducted  through the Partnership
or one or more  Subsidiary  Partnerships,  unless  otherwise  determined  by the
Independent Directors.

         6.9.   TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP ASSETS.

         Title to  Partnership  assets,  whether  real,  personal  or mixed  and
whether  tangible or intangible,  shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership
as an entity,  and no  Partner,  individually  or  collectively,  shall have any
ownership interest in such Partnership  assets or any portion thereof.  Title to
any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership,
the  General  Partner  or one or  more  nominees,  as the  General  Partner  may
determine,  including  Affiliates of the General  Partner.  The General  Partner
hereby declares and warrants that any  Partnership  assets for which legal title
is held in the name of the General  Partner or any nominee or  Affiliate  of the
General  Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of
the Partnership in accordance  with the provisions of this Agreement;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial
and  record  title to such  assets to be vested  in the  Partnership  as soon as
reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property
of the  Partnership in its books and records,  irrespective of the name in which
legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

         6.10.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

                                   ARTICLE VII

                           CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER

         7.01.  TRANSFER OF THE GENERAL PARTNER'S PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.

         (a)    The General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its
General  Partnership  Interest or withdraw as General Partner except as provided
in or in connection with a transaction  contemplated by Section 7.01(c),  (d) or
(e).

         (b)    The General  Partner agree that the  Percentage  Interest for it
and the Company will at all times be in the aggregate, at least 1%.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         (c)    Except as  otherwise  provided  in  Section  6.04(b)  or Section
7.01(d) or (e) hereof, the Company shall not engage in any merger, consolidation
or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially
all of its assets,  (other  than in  connection  with a change in the  Company's
state of incorporation or  organizational  form) in each case which results in a
change of control of the Company (a "Transaction"), unless:

                (i)    the consent of Limited  Partners  (other than the General
         Partner  or any  Subsidiary)  holding  more than 50% of the  Percentage
         Interests of the Limited Partners (other than those held by the General
         Partner or any Subsidiary) is obtained;

                (ii)   as a result of such Transaction all Limited Partners will
         receive for each  Partnership  Unit an amount of cash,  securities,  or
         other property  equal to the product of the  Conversion  Factor and the
         greatest  amount  of cash,  securities  or other  property  paid in the
         Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in  consideration of one REIT
         Share,  PROVIDED  THAT  if,  in  connection  with  the  Transaction,  a
         purchase,  tender or exchange offer  ("Offer")  shall have been made to
         and  accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  REIT
         Shares,  each holder of Partnership  Units shall be given the option to
         exchange  its  Partnership  Units  for the  greatest  amount  of  cash,
         securities,  or other  property  which a  Limited  Partner  would  have
         received had it (A) exercised its Exchange Right and (B) sold, tendered
         or  exchanged  pursuant  to the Offer  the REIT  Shares  received  upon
         exercise of the Exchange Right  immediately  prior to the expiration of
         the Offer; or

                (iii)  the Company is the  surviving  entity in the  Transaction
         and  either  (A)  the  holders  of REIT  Shares  do not  receive  cash,
         securities,  or other  property in the  Transaction  or (B) all Limited
         Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary)  receive an
         amount of cash,  securities,  or other property (expressed as an amount
         per REIT  Share)  that is no less than the  product  of the  Conversion
         Factor and the greatest amount of cash,  securities,  or other property
         (expressed as an amount per REIT Share)  received in the Transaction by
         any holder of REIT Shares.

         (d)    Notwithstanding  Section  7.01(c),  the  Company or the  General
Partner may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately
after such merger or consolidation  (i)  substantially  all of the assets of the
successor or surviving entity (the  "Survivor"),  other than  Partnership  Units
held by the  Company  or the  General  Partner,  are  contributed,  directly  or
indirectly,  to the  Partnership  as a  Capital  Contribution  in  exchange  for
Partnership  Units with a fair market  value equal to the value of the assets so
contributed  as  determined  by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor
expressly  agrees  to assume  all  obligations  of the  General  Partner  or the
Company, as appropriate,  hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption,  the
Survivor  shall have the right and duty to amend this  Agreement as set forth in
this Section  7.01(d).  The Survivor  shall in good faith arrive at a new method
for the  calculation  of the Cash Amount,  the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion
Factor for a

                                       27
<PAGE>

Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the
existing  method for such  calculation as closely as reasonably  possible.  Such
calculation shall take into account,  among other things, the kind and amount of
securities,  cash and other  property  that was  receivable  upon such merger or
consolidation  by a holder of REIT Shares or options,  warrants or other  rights
relating thereto, and to which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired
had such Partnership  Units been exchanged  immediately  prior to such merger or
consolidation.  Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to
such  method  of  calculation,  which  shall be as nearly  equivalent  as may be
practicable  to the  adjustments  provided  for with  respect to the  Conversion
Factor.  The  Survivor  also shall in good faith modify the  definition  of REIT
Shares and make such  amendments to Section 8.05 hereof so as to approximate the
existing  rights  and  obligations  set  forth in  Section  8.05 as  closely  as
reasonably  possible.  The  above  provisions  of  this  Section  7.01(d)  shall
similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.

         In respect of any transaction described in the preceding Paragraph, the
Company is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such
transaction  to avoid  causing  the  Limited  Partners  to  recognize a gain for
federal   income  tax  purposes  by  virtue  of  the   occurrence  of  or  their
participation in such transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with the
exercise of the Board of Directors'  fiduciary duties to the shareholders of the
Company under applicable law.

         (e)    Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c),

                (i)    a General  Partner may transfer all or any portion of its
         General Partnership  Interest to (A) a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of such
         General  Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership  interests of
         such General  Partner,  and  following a transfer of all of its General
         Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and

                (ii)   the Company may engage in a  transaction  not required by
         law or by the rules of any  national  securities  exchange on which the
         REIT  Shares are listed to be  submitted  to the vote of the holders of
         the REIT Shares.

         7.02.  ADMISSION OF A SUBSTITUTE OR ADDITIONAL GENERAL PARTNER.

         A Person  shall be  admitted  as a  substitute  or  additional  General
Partner  of the  Partnership  only if the  following  terms and  conditions  are
satisfied:

         (a)    the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional  General
Partner  shall  have  accepted  and  agreed  to be  bound by all the  terms  and
provisions of this  Agreement by executing a counterpart  thereof and such other
documents or  instruments  as may be required or  appropriate in order to effect
the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate  evidencing
the  admission  of such  Person as a General  Partner  shall have been filed for
recordation and all other actions  required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection
with such admission shall have been performed;

                                       28
<PAGE>

         (b)    if the  Person to be  admitted  as a  substitute  or  additional
General  Partner is a corporation  or a  partnership  it shall have provided the
Partnership  with evidence  satisfactory  to counsel for the Partnership of such
Person's  authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement; and

         (c)    counsel  for the  Partnership  shall  have  rendered  an opinion
(relying  on such  opinions  from  other  counsel  and the  state  or any  other
jurisdiction  as may be  necessary)  that  the  admission  of the  person  to be
admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the
Act,  that none of the actions  taken in  connection  with the admission of such
Person  as a  substitute  or  additional  General  Partner  will  cause  (i) the
Partnership to be classified  other than as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner's limited liability.

         7.03.  EFFECT OF  BANKRUPTCY,  WITHDRAWAL,  DEATH OR  DISSOLUTION  OF A
GENERAL PARTNER.

         (a)    Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Bankruptcy as to a General
Partner  (and its  removal  pursuant  to Section  7.04(a)  hereof) or the death,
withdrawal,  removal or  dissolution  of a General  Partner  (except  that, if a
General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal,
death, dissolution,  Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such
partnership  shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of such General  Partner if
the business of such General  Partner is continued by the  remaining  partner or
partners),  the  Partnership  shall  be  dissolved  and  terminated  unless  the
Partnership is continued  pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof.  The merger of the
General  Partner  with or into any entity that is admitted  as a  substitute  or
successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to
be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.

         (b)    Following  the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Bankruptcy  as to a
General  Partner  (and its removal  pursuant to Section  7.04(a)  hereof) or the
death, withdrawal,  removal or dissolution of a General Partner (except that, if
a  General  Partner  is on the  date  of  such  occurrence  a  partnership,  the
withdrawal,  death,  dissolution,  Event of  Bankruptcy  as to, or  removal of a
partner in, such  partnership  shall be deemed not to be a  dissolution  of such
General  Partner if the  business of such  General  Partner is  continued by the
remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners,  within 90 days after such
occurrence,  may elect to  continue  the  business  of the  Partnership  for the
balance of the term  specified in Section 2.04 hereof by  selecting,  subject to
Section 7.02 hereof and any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  a substitute
General Partner by consent of a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. If
the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the Partnership and admit
a substitute  General  Partner,  the  relationship  with the Partners and of any
Person who has  acquired an interest  of a Partner in the  Partnership  shall be
governed by this Agreement.

         7.04.  REMOVAL OF A GENERAL PARTNER.

         (a)    Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Bankruptcy  as to,  or the
dissolution  of, a General  Partner,  such General Partner shall be deemed to be
removed  automatically;  provided,  however, that if a General Partner is on the
date of such occurrence a partnership, the 

                                       29
<PAGE>

withdrawal,  death,  dissolution,  Event of  Bankruptcy  as to or  removal  of a
partner  in such  partnership  shall be deemed  not to be a  dissolution  of the
General  Partner if the  business of such  General  Partner is  continued by the
remaining  partner or partners.  The Limited Partners may not remove the General
Partner, with or without cause.

         (b)    If a General  Partner has been removed  pursuant to this Section
7.04 and the  Partnership  is continued  pursuant to Section  7.03 hereof,  such
General  Partner  shall  promptly  transfer  and assign its General  Partnership
Interest in the  Partnership to the  substitute  General  Partner  approved by a
majority in interest of the Limited  Partners in accordance with Section 7.03(b)
hereof and otherwise admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02
hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled
to receive  from the  substitute  General  Partner the fair market  value of the
General  Partnership  Interest of such removed General Partner as reduced by any
damages  caused to the  Partnership  by such General  Partner.  Such fair market
value shall be  determined by an appraiser  mutually  agreed upon by the General
Partner  and a majority  in  interest  of the  Limited  Partners  within 10 days
following the removal of the General Partner.  In the event that the parties are
unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a majority in
interest of the  Limited  Partners  each shall  select an  appraiser.  Each such
appraiser  shall  complete an  appraisal of the fair market value of the removed
General  Partner's  General  Partnership  Interest within 30 days of the General
Partner's  removal,  and the fair market value of the removed General  Partner's
General  Partnership  Interest  shall  be the  average  of the  two  appraisals;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by
more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later
than 40 days after the  removal of the  General  Partner,  shall  select a third
appraiser  who shall  complete  an  appraisal  of the fair  market  value of the
removed General  Partner's  General  Partnership  Interest no later than 60 days
after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of
the removed General Partner's General Partnership  Interest shall be the average
of the two appraisals closest in value.

         (c)    The General  Partnership  Interest of a removed General Partner,
during the time after default until  transfer  under Section  7.04(b),  shall be
converted to that of a special Limited Partner; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, such removed
General  Partner shall not have any rights to  participate in the management and
affairs of the  Partnership,  and shall not be  entitled  to any  portion of the
income,  expense,  profit,  gain  or  loss  allocations  or  cash  distributions
allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such
removed   General   Partner  shall  receive  and  be  entitled  only  to  retain
distributions  or  allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to
receive in its  capacity as General  Partner,  until the  transfer is  effective
pursuant to Section 7.04(b).

         (d)    All Partners  shall have given and hereby do give such consents,
shall take such  actions and shall  execute  such  documents as shall be legally
necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
                             OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS

         8.01.  MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

         The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control
of   Partnership   business  nor  shall  they  transact  any  business  for  the
Partnership,  nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership,
such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner.

         8.02.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.

         Each Limited  Partner hereby  irrevocably  appoints the General Partner
its true and lawful  attorney-in-fact,  who may act for each Limited Partner and
in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge,
swear to, deliver,  file or record, at the appropriate  public offices,  any and
all  documents,  certificates,  and  instruments  as may be deemed  necessary or
desirable  by the  General  Partner  to carry out fully the  provisions  of this
Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is
coupled  with an  interest  and shall  survive the death,  dissolution  or legal
incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any
part or all of its Partnership Interest.

         8.03.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF LIMITED PARTNERS.

         No  Limited  Partner  shall  be  liable  for  any  debts,  liabilities,
contracts or obligations of the  Partnership.  A Limited Partner shall be liable
to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as
and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited
Partner shall,  except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any
further  Capital  Contributions  or  other  payments  or lend  any  funds to the
Partnership.

         8.04.  OWNERSHIP BY LIMITED PARTNER OF CORPORATE GENERAL PARTNER OR 
AFFILIATE.

         No Limited  Partner shall at any time,  either  directly or indirectly,
own any stock or other  interest  in the  General  Partner  or in any  Affiliate
thereof, if such ownership by itself or in conjunction with other stock or other
interests  owned by other Limited  Partners would, in the opinion of counsel for
the  Partnership,   jeopardize  the  classification  of  the  Partnership  as  a
partnership  for  federal  income tax  purposes.  The General  Partner  shall be
entitled to make such reasonable  inquiry of the Limited Partners as is required
to establish  compliance  by the Limited  Partners  with the  provisions of this
Section.

                                       31
<PAGE>

         8.05.  EXCHANGE RIGHT.

         (a)    Subject to  Sections  8.05(b),  8.05(c),  8.05(d),  8.05(e)  and
8.05(f) and the provisions of any agreements  between the Partnership and one or
more Limited  Partners  with  respect to  Partnership  Units held by them,  each
Limited  Partner,  other than the Company,  shall have the right (the  "Exchange
Right") to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Exchange Date all or
a portion of the  Partnership  Units held by such Limited Partner at an exchange
price equal to and in the form of the Cash Amount to be paid by the Partnership,
PROVIDED that such  Partnership  Units shall have been  outstanding for at least
one year. The Exchange Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exchange
delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited
Partner  who is  exercising  the  Exchange  Right  (the  "Exchanging  Partner");
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such
Exchange Right if the Company and/or the General  Partner elects to purchase the
Partnership Units subject to the Notice of Exchange pursuant to Section 8.05(b);
and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices
of Exchange  during each calendar  year. A Limited  Partner may not exercise the
Exchange Right for less than 1,000 Partnership Units or, if such Limited Partner
holds less than 1,000  Partnership  Units, all of the Partnership  Units held by
such Partner.  The Exchanging  Partner shall have no right,  with respect to any
Partnership Units so exchanged, to receive any distribution paid with respect to
Partnership  Units if the record date for such  distribution  is on or after the
Specified Exchange Date.

         (b)    Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section  8.05(a),  a Limited
Partner that  exercises  the  Exchange  Right shall be deemed to have offered to
sell the  Partnership  Units  described in the Notice of Exchange to the General
Partner and the  Company,  and either of the General  Partner or the Company (or
both) may, in its sole and absolute  discretion,  elect to purchase directly and
acquire such  Partnership  Units by paying to the Exchanging  Partner either the
Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount,  as elected by the General Partner or the
Company (in its sole and absolute  discretion),  on the Specified Exchange Date,
whereupon the General Partner or the Company shall acquire the Partnership Units
offered  for  exchange  by the  exchanging  Partner and shall be treated for all
purposes  of this  Agreement  as the  owner of such  Partnership  Units.  If the
General Partner and/or the Company shall elect to exercise its right to purchase
Partnership  Units  under  this  Section  8.05(b)  with  respect  to a Notice of
Exchange,  they shall so notify the Exchanging Partner within five Business Days
after the receipt by the General Partner of such Notice of Exchange.  Unless the
General Partner and/or the Company (in its sole and absolute  discretion)  shall
exercise its right to purchase  Partnership  Units from the  Exchanging  Partner
pursuant to this Section  8.05(b),  neither the General  Partner nor the Company
shall have any  obligation to the  Exchanging  Partner or the  Partnership  with
respect to the Exchanging Partner's exercise of the Exchange Right. In the event
the  General  Partner  or the  Company  shall  exercise  its  right to  purchase
Partnership Units with respect to the exercise of a Exchange Right in the manner
described in the first sentence of this Section 8.05(b),  the Partnership  shall
have no obligation to pay any amount to the  Exchanging  Partner with respect to
such  Exchanging  Partner's  exercise of such  Exchange  Right,  and each of the
Exchanging Partner, the Partnership,  and the General Partner or the Company, as
the case may be, shall treat the transaction  between the General Partner or the
Company,  as the case may be, and the Exchanging

                                       32
<PAGE>

Partner for federal  income tax purposes as a sale of the  Exchanging  Partner's
Partnership  Units to the General  Partner or the  Company,  as the case may be.
Each Exchanging  Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner
may  reasonably  require in  connection  with the  issuance  of REIT Shares upon
exercise of the Exchange Right.

         (c)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.05(a) and 8.05(b), a
Limited  Partner  shall not be entitled to exercise  the  Exchange  Right if the
delivery of REIT Shares to such Partner on the  Specified  Exchange  Date by the
General  Partner or the  Company  pursuant  to Section  8.05(b)  (regardless  of
whether or not the General  Partner or the Company  would in fact  exercise  its
rights  under  Section  8.05(b))  would (i) result in such  Partner or any other
person owning,  directly or  indirectly,  REIT Shares in excess of the Ownership
Limitation  (as defined in the Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation)
and  calculated in accordance  therewith,  except as provided in the Amended and
Restated  Articles of  Incorporation,  (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by
fewer  than  100  persons   (determined   without  reference  to  any  rules  of
attribution),  except as  provided  in the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of
Incorporation,  (iii)  result in the Company  being  "closely  held"  within the
meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code,  (iv) cause the Company to own,  directly
or  constructively,  10% or more of the  ownership  interests in a tenant of the
General  Partner's,  the  Partnership's,  or a  Subsidiary  Partnership's,  real
property,  within the meaning of Section  856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or (v) cause
the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Partner to be "integrated" with any other
distribution  of REIT Shares for  purposes of  complying  with the  registration
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The
General Partner or the Company, in their sole and absolute discretion, may waive
the  restriction  on  exchange  set  forth in this  Section  8.05(c);  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that in the event such restriction is waived,  the Exchanging  Partner
shall be paid the Cash Amount.

         (d)    Any Cash Amount to be paid to an Exchanging  Partner pursuant to
this  Section  8.05  shall be paid on the  Specified  Exchange  Date;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that the  Company  or the  General  Partner  may  elect  to cause  the
Specified  Exchange Date to be delayed for up to an  additional  180 days to the
extent required for the Company to cause  additional REIT Shares to be issued to
provide  financing  to be  used  to  make  such  payment  of  the  Cash  Amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company and the General Partner agree to use
their  best  efforts  to cause  the  closing  of the  acquisition  of  exchanged
Partnership Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.

         (e)    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  the
General  Partner  shall  place  appropriate  restrictions  on the ability of the
Limited Partners to exercise their Exchange Rights as and if deemed necessary to
ensure that the Partnership does not constitute a "publicly traded  partnership"
under section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner  determines that
imposing such  restrictions is necessary,  the General Partner shall give prompt
written notice thereof (a "Restriction Notice") to each of the Limited Partners,
which  notice  shall be  accompanied  by a copy of an  opinion of counsel to the
Partnership which states that, in the opinion of such counsel,  restrictions are
necessary in order to avoid the Partnership  being treated as a "publicly traded
partnership" under section 7704 of the Code.

                                       33
<PAGE>

         8.06.  REGISTRATION.

         Subject  to the  terms of any  agreement  between  the  Company  or the
General  Partner and one or more Limited  Partners  with respect to  Partnership
Units held by them:

         (a)    SHELF  REGISTRATION OF THE COMMON STOCK.  Within two weeks prior
or  subsequent to the first date upon which the  Partnership  Units owned by any
Limited  Partner may be exchanged  (or such later date as may be required  under
applicable  provisions of the  Securities  Act), the Company agrees to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),  a shelf registration
statement  on Form S-3 under  Rule 415 of the  Securities  Act (a  "Registration
Statement"),  or any similar  rule that may be adopted by the  Commission,  with
respect to all of the shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exchange of
such Partnership Units pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof ("Exchange Shares").  The
Company will use its best efforts to have the  Registration  Statement  declared
effective  under  the  Securities  Act.  The  Company  need not file a  separate
Registration  Statement,  but  may  file  one  Registration  Statement  covering
Exchange Shares issuable to more than one Limited  Partner.  The Company further
agrees to  supplement  or make  amendments to each  Registration  Statement,  if
required  by  the  rules,   regulations  or   instructions   applicable  to  the
registration  form utilized by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and
regulations thereunder for such Registration Statement.

         (b)    LISTING ON  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE.  If the Company  shall list or
maintain the listing of any shares of Common Stock on any securities exchange or
national  market  system,  it will at its expense and as necessary to permit the
registration and sale of the Exchange Shares hereunder,  list thereon,  maintain
and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Exchange Shares.

         (c)    REGISTRATION NOT REQUIRED.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the
Company  shall  not be  required  to file or  maintain  the  effectiveness  of a
registration  statement  relating to Exchange  Shares  after the first date upon
which,  in the opinion of counsel to the  Company,  all of the  Exchange  Shares
covered  thereby  could be sold by the  holders  thereof  in any period of three
months  pursuant to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act, or any  successor  rule
thereto.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                    TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

         9.01.  PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.

         (a)    Each  Limited  Partner  hereby  represents  and  warrants to the
General  Partner,  to the Company and to the Partnership that the acquisition of
his Partnership  Interests is made as a principal for his account for investment
purposes  only  and  not  with a view  to the  resale  or  distribution  of such
Partnership Interest.

         (b)    Each  Limited  Partner  agrees that he will not sell,  assign or
otherwise  transfer his Partnership  Interest or any fraction  thereof,  whether
voluntarily  or by operation  of law or at judicial  sale or  otherwise,  to any
Person  who does not make the  representations  and  

                                       34
<PAGE>

warranties  to the  General  Partner  set  forth in  Section  9.01(a)  above and
similarly  agree not to sell,  assign or transfer such  Partnership  Interest or
fraction  thereof to any Person who does not  similarly  represent,  warrant and
agree.

         9.02.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

         (a)    Subject to the  provisions  of 9.02(b),  (c) and (d), no Limited
Partner may offer, sell, assign,  hypothecate,  pledge or otherwise transfer all
or any  portion of his  Limited  Partnership  Interest,  or any of such  Limited
Partner's  economic  rights  as a Limited  Partner,  whether  voluntarily  or by
operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise  (collectively,  a "Transfer")
without  the  consent of the General  Partner,  which  consent may be granted or
withheld  in its sole and  absolute  discretion.  Any  such  purported  transfer
undertaken  without  such  consent  shall be  considered  to be null and void ab
initio and shall not be given  effect.  The General  Partner may  require,  as a
condition of any Transfer to which it consents,  that the transferor  assume all
costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith.

         (b)    No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership  other than
as  a  result  of a  permitted  Transfer  (I.E.,  a  Transfer  consented  to  as
contemplated  by clause (a) above or clause (c) below or a Transfer  pursuant to
9.05  below) of all of his  Partnership  Units  pursuant  to this  Article IX or
pursuant to an exchange of all of his  Partnership  Units pursuant to 8.05. Upon
the permitted  Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner's  Partnership
Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

         (c)    Subject to  9.02(d),  (e) and (f) below,  a Limited  Partner may
Transfer,  with the  consent  of the  General  Partner,  all or a portion of his
Partnership  Units  to (i) a parent  or  parent's  spouse,  natural  or  adopted
descendant or descendants, spouse of such descendant, or brother or sister, or a
trust  created by such Limited  Partner for the benefit of such Limited  Partner
and/or  any such  person(s),  of which  trust such  Limited  Partner or any such
person(s) is a trustee,  (ii) a  corporation  controlled  by a Person or Persons
named in (i) above, or (iii) if the Limited Partner is an entity, its beneficial
owners.

         (d)    No  Limited  Partner  may  effect  a  Transfer  of  its  Limited
Partnership  Interest,  in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel
for the  Partnership,  such proposed  Transfer would require the registration of
the Limited  Partnership  Interest under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or would otherwise  violate any applicable  federal or state  securities or blue
sky law (including investment suitability standards).

         (e)    No Transfer by a Limited  Partner of its  Partnership  Units, in
whole or in  part,  may be made to any  Person  if (i) in the  opinion  of legal
counsel for the  Partnership,  the transfer  would  result in the  Partnership's
being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified
REIT subsidiary  within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code),  (ii) in the
opinion of legal  counsel for the  Partnership,  it would  adversely  affect the
ability of the  Company to  continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the Company
to any additional  taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, or (iii)
such transfer is effectuated  through an  "established  securities  market" or a
"secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)" within the meaning of
Section 7704 of the Code.

                                       35
<PAGE>

         (f)    No transfer of any Partnership  Units may be made to a lender to
the  Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Regulations
Section  1.752-4(b)) to any lender to the Partnership  whose loan  constitutes a
nonrecourse liability (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)),
without the consent of the  General  Partner,  which may be withheld in its sole
and absolute discretion, PROVIDED THAT as a condition to such consent the lender
will be  required  to enter into an  arrangement  with the  Partnership  and the
General Partner to exchange or redeem for the Cash Amount any Partnership  Units
in which a security interest is held  simultaneously with the time at which such
lender  would be deemed to be a  partner  in the  Partnership  for  purposes  of
allocating liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code.

         (g)    Any Transfer in  contravention  of any of the provisions of this
Article  IX shall be void and  ineffectual  and shall not be  binding  upon,  or
recognized by, the Partnership.

         (h)    Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX,
the transferor  and/or the transferee  shall deliver to the General Partner such
opinions,  certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request
in connection with such Transfer.

         9.03.  ADMISSION OF A SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER.

         (a)    Subject to the other  provisions of this Article IX, an assignee
of the  Limited  Partnership  Interest  of a  Limited  Partner  (which  shall be
understood to include any purchaser,  transferee,  donee,  or other recipient of
any disposition of such Limited  Partnership  Interest) shall be deemed admitted
as a Limited  Partner of the  Partnership  only with the  consent of the General
Partner and upon the satisfactory completion of the following:

                (i)    The assignee  shall have  accepted and agreed to be bound
         by  the  terms  and   provisions  of  this  Agreement  by  executing  a
         counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised EXHIBIT A, and
         such other  documents or instruments as the General Partner may require
         in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.

                (ii)   To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing
         the  admission  of such  Person as a Limited  Partner  shall  have been
         signed, acknowledged and filed for record in accordance with the Act.

                (iii)  The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the
         representation  set forth in Section  9.01(a)  hereof and the agreement
         set forth in Section 9.01(b) hereof.

                (iv)   If the assignee is a  corporation,  partnership or trust,
         the  assignee  shall have  provided the General  Partner with  evidence
         satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee's authority
         to become a Limited  Partner  under  the terms and  provisions  of this
         Agreement.

                                       36
<PAGE>

                (v)    The  assignee  shall have  executed  a power of  attorney
         containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.

                (vi)   The  assignee  shall  have paid all legal  fees and other
         expenses  of the  Partnership  and the  General  Partner and filing and
         publication  costs in  connection  with its  substitution  as a Limited
         Partner.

                (vii)  The assignee has  obtained the prior  written  consent of
         the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute  Limited  Partner,
         which  consent  may be given or denied in the  exercise  of the General
         Partner's sole and absolute discretion.

         (b)    For  the   purpose  of   allocating   Profits   and  Losses  and
distributing  cash received by the  Partnership,  a Substitute  Limited  Partner
shall  be  treated  as  having  become,  and  appearing  in the  records  of the
Partnership  as, a Partner  upon the  filing  of the  Certificate  described  in
Section  9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required,  the later of the
date  specified  in the  transfer  documents  or the date on which  the  General
Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.

         (c)    The General  Partner shall  cooperate with the Person seeking to
become a Substitute  Limited Partner by preparing the documentation  required by
this Section and making all official filings and  publications.  The Partnership
shall take all such action as promptly as practicable  after the satisfaction of
the  conditions  in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited
Partner of the Partnership.

         9.04.  RIGHTS OF ASSIGNEES OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

         (a)    Subject to the  provisions  of  Sections  9.01 and 9.02  hereof,
except as required by operation of law, the  Partnership  shall not be obligated
for any purposes  whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited  Partner
of its Partnership Interest until the Partnership has received notice thereof.

         (b)    Any  Person  who is the  assignee  of  all or any  portion  of a
Limited Partner's Limited Partnership Interest, but does not become a Substitute
Limited  Partner  and  desires  to make a  further  assignment  of such  Limited
Partnership Interest,  shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX
to the same  extent and in the same manner as any  Limited  Partner  desiring to
make an assignment of its Limited Partnership Interest.

         9.05.  EFFECT OF BANKRUPTCY, DEATH, INCOMPETENCE OR TERMINATION 
OF A LIMITED PARTNER.

         The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited  Partner,  the
death of a Limited  Partner or a final  adjudication  that a Limited  Partner is
incompetent  (which term shall include,  but not be limited to,  insanity) shall
not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of
the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding
is entered against a Limited Partner,  the trustee or receiver of his estate

                                       37
<PAGE>

or, if he dies,  his executor,  administrator  or trustee,  or, if he is finally
adjudicated incompetent, his committee, guardian or conservator,  shall have the
rights of such  Limited  Partner for the  purpose of  settling  or managing  his
estate property and such power as the bankrupt,  deceased or incompetent Limited
Partner  possessed to assign all or any part of his Partnership  Interest and to
join with the assignee in  satisfying  conditions  precedent to the admission of
the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.

         9.06.  JOINT OWNERSHIP OF INTERESTS.

         A  Partnership  Interest  may be acquired by two  individuals  as joint
tenants with right of survivorship,  provided that such  individuals  either are
married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written
consent or vote of both owners of any such  jointly  held  Partnership  Interest
shall be required  to  constitute  the action of the owners of such  Partnership
Interest;  provided,  however,  that the written consent of only one joint owner
will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory
to the counsel for the Partnership  that the actions of a single joint owner can
bind both owners  under the  applicable  laws of the state of  residence of such
joint owners.  Upon the death of one owner of a  Partnership  Interest held in a
joint  tenancy with a right of  survivorship,  the  Partnership  Interest  shall
become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee.
The  Partnership  need  not  recognize  the  death  of one of  the  owners  of a
jointly-held  Partnership  Interest until it shall have received  notice of such
death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner
shall cause the  Partnership  Interest to be divided into two equal  Partnership
Interests,  which shall  thereafter  be owned  separately  by each of the former
owners.

                                    ARTICLE X

                   BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS

         10.01.  BOOKS AND RECORDS.

         At all times during the  continuance of the  Partnership,  the Partners
shall keep or cause to be kept at the  Partnership's  specified  office true and
complete  books of account in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles,  including:  (a) a  current  list of the full  name  and last  known
business  address  of each  Partner,  (b) a copy of the  Certificate  of Limited
Partnership  and all  certificates  of  amendment  thereto,  (c)  copies  of the
Partnership's  federal,  state and local  income tax  returns and  reports,  (d)
copies of the Agreement and any financial  statements of the Partnership for the
three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the
Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of
collection,  duplication and mailing,  shall be entitled to inspect or copy such
records during ordinary business hours.

         10.02.  CUSTODY OF PARTNERSHIP FUNDS; BANK ACCOUNTS.

         (a)    All funds of the  Partnership  not otherwise  invested  shall be
deposited  in one or more  accounts  maintained  in such  banking  or  brokerage
institutions as the General Partner

                                       38
<PAGE>

shall  determine,  and  withdrawals  shall  be made  only on such  signature  or
signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.

         (b)    All deposits and other funds not needed in the  operation of the
business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner in investment
grade instruments (or investment  companies whose portfolio  consists  primarily
thereof), government obligations,  certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances
and  municipal  notes  and  bonds.  The  funds of the  Partnership  shall not be
commingled with the funds of any other Person except for such commingling as may
necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by
this Section 10.02(b).

         10.03.  FISCAL AND TAXABLE YEAR.

         The fiscal and taxable  year of the  Partnership  shall be the calendar
year.

         10.04.  ANNUAL TAX INFORMATION AND REPORT.

         Within 75 days after the end of each  fiscal  year of the  Partnership,
the General  Partner shall  furnish to each person who was a Limited  Partner at
any time during such year the tax  information  necessary  to file such  Limited
Partner's individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.

         10.05.  TAX MATTERS PARTNER; TAX ELECTIONS; SPECIAL BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.

         (a)    The  General  Partner  shall be the Tax  Matters  Partner of the
Partnership within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code. As Tax Matters
Partner,  the General  Partner  shall have the right and  obligation to take all
actions authorized and required,  respectively,  by the Code for the Tax Matters
Partner.  The  General  Partner  shall  have the  right to  retain  professional
assistance  in respect of any audit of the  Partnership  by the  Service and all
out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the
Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the
event the General  Partner  receives  notice of a final  Partnership  adjustment
under Section  6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file
a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment  within the period
provided  under Section  6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which  petition shall be
mailed to all Limited  Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail
a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the
General Partner's reasons for determining not to file such a petition.

         (b)    All   elections   required  or  permitted  to  be  made  by  the
Partnership  under  the Code or any  applicable  state or local tax law shall be
made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

         (c)    In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership
Interest of any Partner, the Partnership,  at the option of the General Partner,
may  elect  pursuant  to  Section  754 of the Code to  adjust  the  basis of the
Properties.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in Article V of this Agreement,
any adjustments  made pursuant to Section 754 shall 

                                       39
<PAGE>

affect only the  successor  in interest  to the  transferring  Partner and in no
event shall be taken into  account in  establishing,  maintaining  or  computing
Capital  Accounts for the other  Partners for any purpose under this  Agreement.
Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give
effect to such election.

         10.06.  REPORTS TO LIMITED PARTNERS.

         (a)    As soon as  practicable  after the close of each fiscal  quarter
(other than the last  quarter of the fiscal  year),  the General  Partner  shall
cause to be  mailed  to each  Limited  Partner  a  quarterly  report  containing
financial  statements of the  Partnership,  or of the Company if such statements
are prepared  solely on a consolidated  basis with the Company,  for such fiscal
quarter,  presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As soon as practicable  after the close of each fiscal year, the General Partner
shall cause to be mailed to each  Limited  Partner an annual  report  containing
financial  statements of the  Partnership,  or of the Company if such statements
are prepared  solely on a consolidated  basis with the Company,  for such fiscal
year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The
annual  financial  statements  shall be audited by  accountants  selected by the
General Partner.

         (b)    Any Partner  shall  further have the right to a private audit of
the  books and  records  of the  Partnership,  provided  such  audit is made for
Partnership  purposes,  at the  expense of the  Partner  desiring it and is made
during normal business hours.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                         AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER

         The General  Partner's  consent  shall be required for any amendment to
this  Agreement.  The  General  Partner,  without  the  consent  of the  Limited
Partners,  may amend this Agreement in any respect or merge or  consolidate  the
Partnership with or into any other partnership or business entity (as defined in
ss. 17-211 of the Act) in a transaction  pursuant to Section 7.01(c), (d) or (e)
hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following amendments and any other merger or
consolidation  of the Partnership  shall require the consent of Limited Partners
(other than the Company)  holding more than 50% of the  Percentage  Interests of
the Limited Partners (other than the Company):

         (a)    any amendment  affecting the operation of the Conversion  Factor
or the Exchange Right (except as provided in Section  8.05(d) or 7.01(d) hereof)
in a manner adverse to the Limited Partners;

         (b)    any  amendment  that  would  adversely  affect the rights of the
Limited Partners to receive the distributions  payable to them hereunder,  other
than with respect to the issuance of additional  Partnership  Units  pursuant to
Section 4.02 hereof;

         (c)    any amendment that would alter the Partnership's  allocations of
Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance
of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof; or

                                       40
<PAGE>

         (d)    any  amendment  that would  impose on the Limited  Partners  any
obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         12.01.  NOTICES.

         All communications  required or permitted under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when  delivered  personally or
upon  deposit in the United  States mail,  registered,  postage  prepaid  return
receipt  requested,  to the  Partners  at the  addresses  set forth in EXHIBIT A
attached  hereto;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that any Partner may specify a different
address by notifying the General  Partner in writing of such different  address.
Notices to the  Partnership  shall be  delivered  at or mailed to its  specified
office.

         12.02.  SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.

         Subject to the provisions  hereof  limiting  transfers,  this Agreement
shall  be  binding  upon  and  inure  to the  benefit  of the  Partners  and the
Partnership and their respective legal representatives,  successors, transferees
and assigns.

         12.03.  ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS.

         Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute,  swear to,
acknowledge  and  deliver  all  further   documents  which  may  be  reasonable,
necessary,  appropriate  or  desirable  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of this
Agreement or the Act.

         12.04.  SEVERABILITY.

         If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal,  invalid,
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction,  then such provision shall be deemed to be
severable from this Agreement (to the extent  permitted by law) and in any event
such illegality,  invalidity or unenforceability  shall not affect the remainder
hereof.

         12.05.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

         This  Agreement  and exhibits  attached  hereto  constitute  the entire
Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written  agreements  and prior
and  contemporaneous  oral  agreements,  understandings  and  negotiations  with
respect to the subject matter hereof.

         12.06.  PRONOUNS AND PLURALS.

         When the  context in which  words are used in the  Agreement  indicates
that such is the intent,  words in the singular  number shall include the plural
and the  masculine  gender  shall  include  the  neuter or female  gender as the
context may require.

                                       41
<PAGE>

         12.07.  HEADINGS.

         The Article  headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience
only and shall not be used in  construing  the  scope of this  Agreement  or any
particular Article.

         12.08.  COUNTERPARTS.

         This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,  each of which
shall  be  deemed  to be an  original  copy  and  all of  which  together  shall
constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument   binding  on  all  parties  hereto,
notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.

         12.09.  GOVERNING LAW.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have  hereunder  affixed their
signatures to this Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited  Partnership,
all as of the date first above written.

                                    OCWEN GENERAL, INC.



                                    By:   /s/ WILLIAM C. ERBEY
                                          ---------------------------
                                    Name:     William C. Erbey
                                    Title:    Chief Executive Officer

                                       42
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        EXHIBIT A

                                                              Agreed 
                                                             Value Of
                                                  Cash        Capital      Partnership     Percentage
Partner                                       Contribution  Contribution      Units         Interest
- -------                                       ------------  ------------      -----         --------
GENERAL PARTNER:

<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>   
Ocwen General, Inc.                          $  3,005,191                     189,650        .9120%
1675 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
Suite 1000
West Palm Beach, FL 33401


LIMITED PARTNERS:

Ocwen Limited, Inc.                          $297,513,897                  18,775,350      90.2859%
1675 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
Suite 1000
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

Investors   Mortgage   Insurance  Holding    $ 30,948,693                   1,830,436       8.8021%
Company
1675 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
Suite 1000
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

TOTAL:                                       $331,467,781                  20,795,436       100.00%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                      NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF EXCHANGE RIGHT

         In accordance  with Section 8.05 of the Amended and Restated  Agreement
of  Limited  Partnership  (the  "Agreement")  of Ocwen  Partnership,  L.P.,  the
undersigned  hereby  irrevocably (i) presents for exchange ________  Partnership
Units in Ocwen  Partnership,  L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Agreement
and the Exchange Right referred to in Section 8.05 thereof, (ii) surrenders such
Partnership Units and all right,  title and interest therein,  and (iii) directs
that the Cash Amount or REIT  Shares  Amount (as  defined in the  Agreement)  as
determined  by the General  Partner  deliverable  upon  exercise of the Exchange
Right be  delivered  to the  address  specified  below,  and if REIT  Shares (as
defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or
placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below.

Dated:___________, _____

Name of Limited Partner:


                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  (Signature of Limited Partner)


                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  (Mailing Address)

                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  (City)    (State)   (Zip Code)


                                                  Signature Guaranteed by:


                                                  ------------------------------

If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:



                                                                    Exhibit 10.8
================================================================================
PSA THE BOND MARKET
    TRADE ASSOCIATION

                                    FORM OF
                          MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
                             SEPTEMBER 1996 VERSION
================================================================================
                                                      Dated as of March 30, 1998
By and Among:

OCWEN PARTNERSHIP L.P.,
MERRILL LYNCH MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC.

AND

MERRILL LYNCH CREDIT CORPORATION

1.  APPLICABILITY

    From time to time the parties hereto may enter into transactions in which
    one party ("Seller") agrees to transfer to the other ("Buyer") securities or
    other assets ("Securities") against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a
    simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Securities at a
    date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller. Each
    such transaction shall be referred to herein as a "Transaction" and, unless
    otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement, including
    any supplemental terms or conditions contained in Annex I hereto and in any
    other annexes identified herein or therein as applicable hereunder.

2.  DEFINITIONS

    (a)  "Act of Insolvency", with respect to any party, (i) the commencement by
         such party as debtor of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, dissolution,
         delinquency or similar law, or such party seeking the appointment or
         election of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar
         official for such party or any substantial part of its property, or the
         convening of any meeting of creditors for purposes of commencing any
         such case or proceeding or seeking such an appointment or election,
         (ii) the commencement of any such case or proceeding against such
         party, or another seeking such an appointment or election, or the
         filing against a party of an application for a protective decree under
         the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, which
         (A) is consented to or not timely contested by such party, (B) results
         in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment or election,
         the issuance of such a protective decree or the entry of an order
         having a similar effect, or (C) is not dismissed within 15 days, (iii)
         the making by such party of a general assignment for the benefit of
         creditors, or (iv) the admission in writing by such party of such
         party's inability to pay such party's debts as they become due;

    (b)  "Additional Purchased Securities", Securities provided by Seller to
         Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof;

    (c)  "Buyer's Margin Amount", with respect to any Transaction as of any
         date, the amount obtained by application of the Buyer's Margin
         Percentage to the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of such
         date:


<PAGE>


    (d)  "Buyer's Margin Percentage", with respect to any Transaction as of any
         date, a percentage (which may be equal to the Seller's Margin
         Percentage) agreed to by Buyer and Seller or, in the absence of any
         such agreement, the percentage obtained by dividing the Market Value of
         the Purchased Securities on the Purchase Date by the Purchase Price on
         the Purchase Date for such Transaction;

    (e)  "Confirmation", the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b) hereof;

    (f)  "Income", with respect to any Security at any time, any principal
         thereof and all interest, dividends or other distributions thereon;

    (g)  "Margin Deficit", the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(a) hereof;

    (h)  "Margin Excess", the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(b) hereof;

    (i)  "Margin Notice Deadline", the time agreed to by the parties in the
         relevant Confirmation, Annex I hereto or otherwise as the deadline for
         giving notice requiring same-day satisfaction of margin maintenance
         obligations as provided in Paragraph 4 hereof (or, in the absence of
         any such agreement, the deadline for such purposes established in
         accordance with market practice);

    (j)  "Market Value", with respect to any Securities as of any date, the
         price for such Securities on such date obtained from a generally
         recognized source agreed to by the parties or the most recent closing
         bid quotation from such a source, plus accrued Income to the extent not
         included therein(other than any Income credited or transferred to, or
         applied to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof)
         as of such date (unless contrary to market practice for such
         Securities);

    (k)  "Price Differential", with respect to any Transaction as of any date,
         the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the Pricing Rate
         for such Transaction to the Purchase Price for such Transaction on a
         360-day-per-year basis for the actual number of days during the period
         commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction
         and ending on (but excluding) the date of determination (reduced by any
         amount of such Price Differential previously paid by Seller to Buyer
         with respect to such Transaction);

    (l)  "Pricing Rate", the per annum percentage rate for determination of the
         Price Differential;

    (m)  "Prime Rate", the prime rate of U.S. commercial banks as published in
         THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (or, if more than one such rate is published,
         the average of such rates);

    (n)  "Purchase Date", the date on which Purchased Securities are to be
         transferred by Seller to Buyer;

    (o)  "Purchase Price", (i) on the Purchase Date, the price at which
         Purchased Securities are transferred by Seller to Buyer, and (ii)
         thereafter, except where Buyer and Seller agree otherwise, such price
         increased by the amount of any cash transferred by Buyer to Seller
         pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) hereof and decreased by the amount of any
         cash transferred by Seller and Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof
         or applied to reduce Seller's obligations under clause (ii) of
         Paragraph 5 hereof;

    (p)  "Purchased Securities", the Securities transferred by Seller to Buyer
         in a Transaction hereunder, and any Securiti4es substituted therefor in
         accordance with Paragraph 9 hereof. The term "Purchased Securities"
         with respect to any Transaction at any time also shall include Addition
         Purchased Securities delivered pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof and
         shall exclude Securities returned pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) hereof;

    (q)  "Repurchase Date", the date on which Seller is to repurchase the
         Purchased Securities from Buyer, including any date determined by
         application of the provisions of Paragraph 3(C) or 11 hereof;

    (r)  "Repurchase Price", the price at which Purchased Securities are to be
         transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction,
         which will be determined in each case (including Transactions
         terminable upon demand) as the sum of the Purchased Price and the Price
         Differential as of the date of such determination.


                                       2
<PAGE>


    (s)  "Seller's Margin Amount", with respect to any Transaction as of any
         date, the amount obtained by application the Seller's Margin Percentage
         to the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of such date;

    (t)  "Seller's Margin Percentage", with respect to any Transaction as of any
         date, a percentage (which may be equal to the Buyer's Margin
         Percentage) agreed to by Buyer and Seller or, in the absence of any
         such agreement, the percentage obtained by dividing the Market Value of
         the Purchased Securities on the Purchase Date by the Purchase Price on
         the Purchase Date for such Transaction.

3.  INITIATION; CONFIRMATION; TERMINATION 

    (a) An agreement to enter into a Transaction may be made orally or in
         writing at the initiation of either Buyer or Seller. On the Purchase
         Date for the Transaction, the Purchased Securities shall be transferred
         to Buyer or its agent against the transfer of the Purchase Price to an
         account of Seller.

    (b)  Upon agreeing to enter into a Transaction hereunder, Buyer or Seller(or
         both), as shall be agreed, shall promptly deliver to the other party a
         written confirmation of each Transaction (a "Confirmation"). The
         Confirmation shall describe the Purchased Securities (including CUSIP
         number, if any), identify Buyer and Seller and set forth (i) the
         Purchase Date, (ii) the Purchase Price, (iii) the Repurchase Date,
         unless the Transaction is to be terminable on demand, (iv) the Pricing
         Rate or Repurchase Price applicable to the Transaction, and(v) any
         additional terms or conditions of the Transaction not inconsistent with
         this Agreement. The Confirmation, together with the Agreement, shall
         constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between Buyer and
         Seller with respect to the Transaction to which the Confirmation
         relates, unless with respect to the Confirmation specific objection is
         made promptly after receipt thereof. In the event of any conflict
         between the terms of such Confirmation and this Agreement, this
         Agreement shall prevail.

    (c)  In the case of Transactions terminable upon demand, such demand shall
         be made by Buyer or Seller, no later than such time as is customary in
         accordance with market practice, by telephone or otherwise on or prior
         to the business day on which such termination will be effective. On the
         date specified in such demand, or on the date fixed for termination in
         the case of Transactions having a fixed term, termination of the
         Transaction will be effected by transfer to Seller or its agent of the
         Purchased Securities and any Income in respect thereof received by
         Buyer (and not previously credited or transferred to, or applied to the
         obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof) against the
         transfer of the Repurchase Price to an account of Buyer.

4.  MARGIN MAINTENANCE

    (a)  If at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Purchased Securities
         subject to all transactions which a particular party hereto is acting
         as Buyer is less than the aggregate Buyer's margin Amount for all such
         Transactions (a "Margin Deficit"), then Buyer may by notice to Seller
         require Seller in such Transactions, at Seller's option, to transfer to
         Buyer cash or additional Securities reasonably acceptable to Buyer
         ("Additional Purchased Securities"), so that the cash and aggregate
         Market Value of the Purchased Securities, including any such Additional
         Purchased Securities, will thereupon equal or exceed such aggregate
         Buyer's margin Amount (decreased by the amount of any Margin Deficit as
         of such date arising from any Transactions in which such Buyer is
         acting as the Seller).

    (b)  If at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Purchased Securities
         subject to all Transactions in which a particular party hereto is
         acting as Seller exceed the aggregate Seller's margin Amount for all
         such Transactions at such time (a "Margin Excess"), then Seller may be
         notice to Buyer require Buyer in such Transactions, at Buyer's option,
         to transfer cash or Purchased Securities to Seller, so that the
         aggregate Market Value of the Purchased Securities, after deduction of
         any such


                                       3
<PAGE>


         cash or any Purchased Securities so transferred, will thereupon not
         exceed such aggregate Seller's Margin Amount (increased by the amount
         of any Margin Excess as of such date arising from any Transactions in
         which such Seller is acting as Buyer).

    (c)  If any notice is given by Buyer or Seller under subparagraph (a) or (b)
         of this Paragraph at or before the Margin Notice Deadline on any
         business day, the party receiving such notice shall transfer cash or
         Additional Purchased Securities as provided in such subparagraph no
         later than the close of business in the relevant market on such day. If
         any such notice is given after the Margin Notice Deadline, the party
         receiving such notice shall transfer such cash or Securities no later
         than the close of business in the relevant market on the next business
         day following such notice.

    (d)  Any cash transferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be attributed to
         such Transactions as shall be agreed upon by Buyer and Seller.

    (e)  Seller and Buyer may agree, with respect to any or all Transactions
         hereunder, that the respective rights of Buyer or Seller (or both)
         under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph may be exercised only
         where a Margin Deficit or a Margin Excess, as the case may be, exceeds
         a specified dollar amount or a specified percentage of the Repurchase
         Prices for such Transactions (which amount or percentage shall be
         agreed to by Buyer and Seller prior to entering into any such
         Transactions).

    (f)  Seller and Buyer may agree, with respect to any or all Transactions
         hereunder, that the respective rights of Buyer and Seller under
         subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph to require the elimination
         of a Margin Deficit or a Margin Excess, as the case may be, may be
         exercised whenever such a Margin Deficit or a Margin Excess exists with
         respect to any single Transaction hereunder (calculated without regard
         to any other Transaction outstanding under this Agreement).

5.  INCOME PAYMENTS

    Seller shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to all Income paid or
    distributed on or in respect of the Securities that is not otherwise
    received by Seller, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the
    Securities had not been sold to Buyer. Buyer shall, as the parties may agree
    with respect to any Transaction (or, in the absence of any such agreement,
    as Buyer shall reasonably determine in its discretion), on the date such
    Income is paid or distributed either (i) transfer to or credit to the
    account of Seller such Income with respect to any Purchased Securities
    subject to such Transaction or (ii) with respect to Income paid in cash,
    apply the Income payment or payments to reduce the amount, if any, to be
    transferred to Buyer by Seller upon termination of such Transaction. Buyer
    shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to the preceding sentence
    (A) to the extent that such action would result in the creation of a Margin
    Deficit, unless prior thereto or simultaneously therewith Seller transfers
    to Buyer cash or Additional Purchased Securities sufficient to eliminate
    such Margin Deficit, or (B) if an Event of Default with respect to Seller
    has occurred and is then continuing at the time such Income is paid or
    distributed.

6.  SECURITY INTEREST

    Although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder by sales and
    purchases and not loans, in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be
    loans, Seller shall be deemed to have pledged to Buyer as security for the
    performance by Seller of its obligations under each such Transaction, and
    shall be deemed to have granted to Buyer a security interest in, all of the
    Purchased Securities with respect to all Transactions hereunder and all
    Income thereon and other proceeds thereof.

7.  PAYMENT AND TRANSFER

    Unless otherwise mutually agreed, all transfers of funds hereunder shall be
    in immediately available funds. All Securities transferred by one party
    hereto to the other party (i) shall be in suitable form for transfer or
    shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment
    in blank and


                                       4
<PAGE>


    such other documentation as the party receiving possession may reasonably
    request, (ii) shall be transferred on the book-entry system of a Federal
    Reserve Bank, or (iii) shall be transferred by any other method mutually
    acceptable to Seller and Buyer.

8.  SEGREGATION OF PURCHASED SECURITIES

    To the extent  required by applicable  law, all Purchased  Securities in the
    possession  of Seller  shall be  segregated  from  other  securities  in its
    possession and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement. Segregation
    may be accomplished by appropriate  identification  on the books and records
    of the  holder,  including  a  financial  or  securities  intermediary  or a
    clearing  corporation.  All of Seller's interest in the Purchased Securities
    shall pass to Buyer on the Purchase  Date and,  unless  otherwise  agreed by
    Buyer and  Seller,  nothing  in this  Agreement  shall  preclude  Buyer from
    engaging  in  repurchase  transactions  with  the  Purchased  Securities  or
    otherwise  selling,  transferring,  pledging or hypothecating  the Purchased
    Securities,  but no such transaction  shall relieve Buyer of its obligations
    to transfer Purchased  Securities to Seller pursuant to Paragraph 3, 4 or 11
    hereof, or of Buyer's obligation to credit or pay Income to, or apply Income
    to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof.

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      REQUIRED DISCLOSURE FOR TRANSACTIONS IN WHICH THE SELLER RETAINS CUSTODY
      OF THE PURCHASED SECURITIES

        Seller is not permitted to substitute other securities for those
        subjects to this Agreement and therefore must keep Buyer's securities
        segregated at all times, unless in this Agreement Buyer grants Seller
        the right to substitute other securities. If Buyer grants the right to
        substitute, this means that Buyer's securities will likely be commingled
        with Seller's own securities during the trading day. Buyer is advised
        that, during any trading day that Buyer's securities are commingled with
        Seller's securities, the[will]* [may]** be subject to liens granted by
        Seller to [its clearing bank]* [third parties]** and may be used by
        Seller for deliveries on other securities transactions. Whenever the
        securities are commingled, Seller's ability to resegregate substitute
        securities for Buyer will be subject to Seller's ability to satisfy [the
        clearing]* [any]** lien or to obtain substitute securities.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    *Language to be used under 17 C.F.R. SS403.4(e) if Seller is a government
    securities broker or dealer other than a financial institution.

    **Language to be used under 17 C.F.R. SS403.5(d) if Seller is a financial
    institution.

9.  SUBSTITUTION

    (a)  Seller may, subject to agreement with and acceptance by Buyer,
         substitute other Securities for any Purchased Securities. Such
         substitution shall be made by transfer to Buyer of such other
         Securities and transfer to Seller of such Purchased Securities. After
         substitution, the substituted Securities shall be deemed to be
         Purchased Securities.

    (b)  In Transactions in which Seller retains custody of Purchased
         Securities, the parties expressly agree that Buyer shall be deemed, for
         purposes of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, to have agreed to and
         accepted in this Agreement substitution by Seller of other Securities
         for Purchased Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such other Securities
         shall have a Market Value at least equal to the Market Value of the
         Purchased Securities for which they are substituted.

10. REPRESENTATIONS

    Each of Buyer and Seller represents and warrants to the other that (i) it is
    duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, to enter into
    Transactions contemplated hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder
    and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and
    per-


                                       5
<PAGE>


    formance, (ii) it will engage in such Transactions as principal (or, if
    agreed in writing, in the form of an annex hereto or otherwise, in advance
    of any Transaction by the other party hereto, as agent for a disclosed
    principal), (iii) the person signing this Agreement on its behalf is duly
    authorized to do so on its behalf (or on behalf of any such disclosed
    principal), (iv) it has obtained all authorizations of any governmental body
    required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions hereunder
    and such authorizations are in full force and effect and (v) the execution,
    delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transactions hereunder
    will not violate any law, ordinance, charter, by-law or rule applicable to
    it or any agreement by which it is bound or by which any of its assets are
    affected. On the Purchase Date for any Transaction Buyer and Seller shall
    each be deemed to repeat all the foregoing representations made by it.

11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    In the event that (i) Seller fails to transfer or Buyer fails to purchase
    Purchased Securities upon the applicable Purchase Date, (ii) Seller fails to
    repurchase or Buyer fails to transfer Purchased Securities upon the
    applicable Repurchase Date, (iii) Seller or Buyer fails to comply with
    Paragraph 4 hereof, (iv) Buyer fails, after one business day's notice, to
    comply with Paragraph 5 hereof, (v) an Act of Insolvency occurs with respect
    to Seller or Buyer, (vi) any representation made by Seller or Buyer shall
    have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or repeated
    or deemed to have been made or repeated, or (vii) Seller or Buyer shall
    admit to the other its inability to, or its intention not to perform any of
    its obligations hereunder (each an "Event of Default"):

    (a)  The nondefaulting party may, at its option (which option shall be
         deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Act
         of Insolvency), declare and Event of Default to have occurred hereunder
         and, upon the exercise or deemed exercise of such option, the
         Repurchase Date for each Transaction hereunder shall, if it has not
         already occurred, be deemed immediately to occur (except that, in the
         event that the Purchase Date for any Transaction has not yet occurred
         as of the date of such exercise or deemed exercise, such Transaction
         shall be deemed immediately canceled). The nondefaulting party shall
         (except upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency) give notice to the
         defaulting party of the exercise of such option as promptly as
         practicable.

    (b)  In all Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Seller,
         if the nondefaulting party exercises or is deemed to have exercised the
         option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, (i) the
         defaulting party's obligations in such Transactions to repurchase all
         Purchased Securities, at the Repurchase Price therefor on the
         Repurchase Date determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) of the
         Paragraph, shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (ii) all
         Income paid after such exercise or deemed exercise shall be retained by
         the nondefaulting party and applied to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase
         Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder,
         and (iii) the defaulting party shall immediately deliver to the
         nondefaulting party any Purchased Securities subject to such
         Transactions then in the defaulting party's possession or control.

    (c)  In all Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer,
         upon tender by the nondefaulting party of payment of the aggregate
         Repurchase Prices for all such Transactions, all right, title and
         interest in and entitlement to all Purchased Securities subject to such
         Transactions shall be deemed transferred to the nondefaulting party,
         and the defaulting party shall deliver all such Purchased Securities to
         the nondefaulting party.


                                       6
<PAGE>


    (d)  If the nondefaulting party exercises or is deemed to have exercised the
         option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, the
         nondefaulting party, without prior notice to the defaulting party, may:

         (i)  as to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as
              Seller, (A) immediately sell, in an recognized market (or
              otherwise in a commercially reasonable manner) at such price or
              prices as the nondefaulting party may reasonably deem
              satisfactory, any or all Purchased Securities subject to such
              Transactions and apply the proceeds thereof to the aggregate
              unpaid Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the
              defaulting party hereunder or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in
              lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Securities, to
              give the defaulting party credit for such Purchased Securities in
              an amount equal to the price therefor on such date, obtained from
              a generally recognized source or the most recent closing bid
              quotation from such a source, against the aggregate unpaid
              Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting
              party hereunder; and

         (ii) as to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as
              Buyer, (A) immediately purchase, in a recognized market (or
              otherwise in a commercially reasonable manner) at such price or
              prices as the nondefaulting party may reasonably deem
              satisfactory, securities ("Replacement Securities") of the same
              class and amount as any Purchased Securities that are not
              delivered by the defaulting party to the nondefaulting party as
              required hereunder or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in lieu of
              purchasing Replacement Securities, to be deemed to have purchased
              Replacement Securities at the price therefor on such date,
              obtained from a generally recognized source or the most recent
              closing offer quotation from such a source.

         Unless otherwise provided in Annex I, the parties acknowledge and agree
         that (1) the Securities subject to any Transaction hereunder are
         instruments traded in a recognized market, (2) in the absence of a
         generally recognized source for prices or bid or offer quotations for
         any Security, the nondefaulting party may establish the source therefor
         in its sole discretion and (3) all prices, bids and offers shall be
         determined together with accrued Income (except to the extent contrary
         to market practice with respect to the relevant Securities).

    (e)  As to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer,
         the defaulting party shall be liable to the nondefaulting party for any
         excess of the price paid (or deemed paid) by the nondefaulting party
         for Replacement Securities over the Repurchase Price for the Purchased
         Securities replaced thereby and for any amounts payable by the
         defaulting party under Paragraph 5 hereof or otherwise hereunder.

    (f)  For purposes of this Paragraph 11, the Repurchase Price for each
         Transaction hereunder in respect of which the defaulting party is
         acting as Buyer shall not increase above the amount of such Repurchase
         Price for such Transaction determined as of the date of the exercise or
         deemed exercise by the nondefaulting party of the option referred to in
         subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph.

    (g)  The defaulting party shall be liable to the nondefaulting party for (i)
         the amount of all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the
         nondefaulting party in connection with or as a result of an Event of
         Default, (ii) damages in an amount equal to the cost (including all
         fees, expenses and commissions) of entering into replacement
         transactions and entering into or terminating hedge transactions in
         connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, and (iii) any
         other loss, damage, cost or expense directly arising or resulting from
         the occurrence of an Event of Default in respect of a Transaction.

    (h)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the defaulting party shall
         be liable to the nondefaulting party for interest on any amounts owing
         by the defaulting party hereunder, from the date the defaulting party
         becomes liable for such amounts hereunder until such amounts are (i)
         paid in full


                                       7
<PAGE>


         by the defaulting party or (ii) satisfied in full by the exercise of
         the nondefaulting party's rights hereunder. Interest on any sum payable
         by the defaulting party to the nondefaulting party under this Paragraph
         11(h) shall be at a rate equal to the greater of the Pricing Rate for
         the relevant Transaction or the Prime Rate.

    (i)  The nondefaulting party shall have, in addition to its rights
         hereunder, any rights otherwise available to it under any other
         agreement or applicable law.

12. SINGLE AGREEMENT

    Buyer and Seller acknowledge that, and have entered hereinto and will enter
    into each Transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the
    fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and
    contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other.
    Accordingly, each of Buyer and Seller agrees (i) to perform all of its
    obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in
    the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in
    respect of all Transactions hereunder, (ii) that each of them shall be
    entitled to set off claims and apply property held by them in respect of any
    Transaction against obligations owing to them in respect of any other
    Transactions hereunder and (iii) that payments, deliveries and other
    transfers made by either of them in respect of any Transaction shall be
    deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other
    transfers in respect of any other Transactions hereunder, and the
    obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be
    applied against each other and netted.

13. NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

    Any and all notices, statements, demands or other communications hereunder
    may be given by a party to the other by mail, facsimile, telegraph,
    messenger or otherwise to the address specified in Annex II hereto, or so
    sent to such party at any other place specified in a notice of change of
    addess hereafter received by the other. All notices, demands and requests
    hereunder may be made orally, to be confirmed promptly in writing, or by
    other communication as specified in the preceding sentence.

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY

    This Agreement shall supersede any existing agreements between the parties
    containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions. Each
    provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent
    from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable
    notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or
    agreement.

15. NON-ASSIGNABILITY; TERMINATION

    (a)  The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement and
         under any Transaction shall not be assigned by either party without the
         prior written consent of the other party, and any such assignment
         without the prior written consent of the other party shall be null and
         void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement and any Transactions
         shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and
         their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may be
         terminated by either party upon giving written notice to the other,
         except that this Agreement shall, notwithstanding such notice, remain
         applicable to any Transactions then outstanding.

    (b)  Subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 15 shall not preclude a party from
         assigning, charging or otherwise dealing with all or any part of its
         interest in any sum payable to it under Paragraph 11 hereof.

16. GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York
    without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.


                                       8
<PAGE>


17. NO WAIVERS, ETC.

    No express or implied waiver of any Event of Default by either party shall
    constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default and no exercise of any
    remedy hereunder by any party shall constitute a waiver of its right to
    exercise any other remedy hereunder. No modification or waiver of any
    provision of this Agreement and no consent by any party to a departure
    herefrom shall be effective unless and until such shall be in writing and
    duly executed by both of the parties hereto. Without limitation on any of
    the foregoing, the failure to give a notice pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) or
    4(b) hereof will not constitute a waiver of any right to do so at a later
    date.

18. USE OF EMPLOYEE PLAN ASSETS

    (a)  If assets of an employee benefit plan subject to any provision of the
         Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") are intended
         to be used by either party hereto (the "Plan Party") in a Transaction,
         the Plan Party shall so notify the other party prior to the
         Transaction. The Plan Party shall represent in writing to the other
         party that the Transaction does not constitute a prohibited transaction
         under ERISA or is otherwise exempt therefrom, and the other party may
         proceed in reliance thereon but shall not be required so to proceed.

    (b)  Subject to the last sentence of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, any
         such Transaction shall proceed only if Seller furnishes or has
         furnished to Buyer its most recent available audited statement of its
         financial condition and its most recent subsequent unaudited statement
         of its financial condition.

    (c)  By entering into a Transaction pursuant to this Paragraph, Seller shall
         be deemed (i) to represent to Buyer that since the date of Seller's
         latest such financial statements, there has been no material adverse
         change in Seller's financial condition which Seller has not disclosed
         to Buyer, and (ii) to agree to provide Buyer with future audited and
         unaudited statements of its financial condition as they are issued, so
         long as it is a Seller in any outstanding Transaction involving a Plan
         Party.

19. INTENT.

    (a)  The parties recognize that each Transaction is a "repurchase agreement"
         as that term is defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the United States
         Code, as amended (except insofar as the type of Securities subject to
         such Transaction or the term of such Transaction would render such
         definition inapplicable), and a "securities contract" as that term is
         defined in Section 741 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as
         amended (except insofar as the type of assets subject to such
         Transaction would render such definition inapplicable).

    (b)  It is understood that either party's right to liquidate Securities
         delivered to it in connection with Transactions hereunder or to
         exercise any other remedies pursuant to Paragraph 11 hereof is a
         contractual right to liquidate such Transaction as described in
         Section 555 and 559 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

    (c)  The parties agree and acknowledge that if a party hereto is an "insured
         depository institution," as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit
         Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA"), then each Transaction hereunder is
         a "qualified financial contract," as that term is defined in FDIA and
         any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder (except insofar as
         the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such
         definition inapplicable).

    (d)  It is understood that this Agreement constitutes a "netting contract"
         as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") and each payment
         entitlement and payment obligation under any Transaction hereunder
         shall constitute a "covered contractual payment entitlement" or
         "covered contractual payment obligation",


                                       9
<PAGE>


         respectively, as defined in and subject to FCIDIA (except insofar as
         one or both of the parties is not a "financial institution" as that
         term is defined in FDICIA).

20. DISCLOSURE RELATING TO CERTAIN FEDERAL PROTECTIONS
    The parties acknowledge that they have been advised that:

    (a)  in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a broker or
         dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
         under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act"),
         the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position
         that the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970
         ("SIPA") do not protect the other party with respect to any Transaction
         hereunder.

    (b)  in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a government
         securities broker or a government securities dealer registered with the
         SEC under Section 15C of the 1934 Act, SIPA will not provide protection
         to the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder; and

    (c)  in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a financial
         institution, funds held by the financial institution pursuant to a
         Transaction hereunder are not a deposit and therefore are not insured
         by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit
         Union Share Insurance Fund, as applicable.

OCWEN PARTNERSHIP L.P.                   MERRILL LYNCH MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC.

By:                                      By:
   -------------------------                -------------------------

Title:                                   Title:
      ----------------------                   ----------------------

Date:                                    Date:
   -------------------------                  -----------------------

MERRILL LYNCH CREDIT CORPORATION

By:
   -------------------------

Title:
      ----------------------

Date:
     -----------------------


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I

                              SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS TO
                          MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT,
                        DATED AS OF MARCH 30, 1998, AMONG
                       MERRILL LYNCH MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC.
                                      AND
                        MERRILL LYNCH CREDIT CORPORATION
                                      AND
                             OCWEN PARTNERSHIP L.P.

1.  APPLICABILITY. These Supplemental Terms (the "Supplemental Terms") to Master
    Repurchase  Agreement  (the  "Repurchase  Agreement")  modify  the terms and
    conditions of the Repurchase Agreement and the terms under which the parties
    hereto  may,  from time to time,  enter into  Transactions  (the  Repurchase
    "Agreement").  This Agreement shall be read,  taken and construed as one and
    the same instrument.  Capitalized terms used in these Supplemental Terms and
    not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the  meanings  set forth in the
    Repurchase Agreement.

2.  ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

    (a)  Notwithstanding  the  definition  set  forth in  Paragraph  2(j) of the
         Repurchase  Agreement,  with respect to any Eligible Asset, the "Market
         Value" shall be the price determined,  as of any date of determination,
         to be the fair  market  value  thereof as  determined  solely by Buyer;
         PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) a Market Value of zero shall be assigned to
         each  Eligible  Asset  that  does  not  at any  time  comply  with  the
         representation and warranty of Seller set forth in Paragraph  6(b)(xii)
         of these  Supplemental  Terms, (ii) the Market Value of Eligible Assets
         shall not in any event exceed the outstanding principal amount thereof,
         (iii) any Eligible  Asset that has been subject to this  Agreement  for
         more than 180  consecutive  calendar days in the aggregate shall have a
         Market Value of zero and (iv) any Eligible  Asset with respect to which
         there is a material breach of a representation  or warranty that is not
         cured  within any  applicable  cure period shall have a market Value of
         zero until  such time as such  breach of  representation  or until such
         time  as such  breach  of  representation  or  warranty  is  cured  and
         thereafter  shall not be subject  to clause  (iv) of this  proviso  for
         determination of Market


<PAGE>


         Value until such time as another breach of  representation  or warranty
         relating thereto occurs.

    (b)  "A Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loans"  shall mean single  family
         residential  mortgage  loans  that  qualify  under  the "A  First  Lien
         Standard Program Parameters" set forth in Seller's Guide.

    (c)  "B Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loans"  shall mean single  family
         residential  mortgage  loans  that  qualify  under  the "B  First  Lien
         Standard Program Parameters" as set forth in Seller's Guide.

    (d)  "Book Net Worth" shall refer to the equity of Seller as  determined  in
         accordance with GAAP.

    (e)  "Borrower" shall refer to the obligor of any Eligible Asset.

    (f)  "Buyer"  shall mean MLCC,  in the case of  Eligible  Assets  secured by
         second or third liens, and MLMCI in all other cases.


    (g)  "Buyer's  Margin  Percentage"  shall  refer to the  percentage  used to
         calculate Buyer's margin Amount,  which shall, for each Eligible Asset,
         equal 95%.

    (h)  "C Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loans"  shall mean single  family
         residential  mortgage  loans  that  qualify  under  the "C  First  Lien
         Standard Program Parameters" as set forth in Seller's Guide.

    (i)  "Code" shall refer to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    (j)  "Computer  Tape"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in the  Custodial
         Agreement.

    (k)  "Custodial Agreement" shall refer to the Tri-Party Custodial Agreement,
         dated  as of  March  30,  1998,  by and  among  Seller,  Buyer  and the
         Custodian,  providing  for the custody of records  relating to Eligible
         Assets, as the same may be amended,  supplemented or otherwise modified
         from time to time with the written consent of the parties thereto.

    (l)  "Custodial  Confirmation  Statement"  shall  refer to the  confirmation
         statement  issued  by the party  named as  custodian  in the  Custodial
         Agreement that  evidences  ownership of the Eligible  Assets  indicated
         thereon.


                                       2
<PAGE>


    (m)  "Custodian" shall refer to Texas Commerce Bank National Association and
         its permitted successors as custodian under the Custodial Agreement.

    (n)  "D Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loans"  shall mean single  family
         residential  mortgage  loans  that  qualify  under  the "D  First  Lien
         Standard Program Parameters" as set forth in Seller's Guide.

    (o)  "Delivery  Date"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in the  Custodial
         Agreement.

    (p)  "Eligible  Assets"  shall mean Home Equity  Loans,  Mortgage  Loans and
         Jumbo Mortgage Loans subject to this Agreement.

    (q)  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles consistently
         applied.

    (r)  "Home Equity Loans" shall refer to the mortgage  loans secured by first
         or second liens on single family residential real property  (including,
         without limitation, condominiums and planned unit developments) certain
         documents  relating  to which  have  been  delivered  to the  Custodian
         pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

    (s)  "Jumbo  Mortgage  Loans" shall refer to any Mortgage  Loan in excess of
         $500,000 and otherwise so designated by Seller and acceptable to Buyer,
         in its sole  discretion,  and which except with respect to the original
         principal  balance thereof,  have been  underwritten in accordance with
         the standards of the Seller.

    (t)  "LIBOR" shall mean the London Interbank  Offered Rate for United States
         Dollar deposits as set forth on page 8695 of  Knight-Ridder  as of 8:00
         a.m., New York City time, on the date of  determination  for the period
         most closely corresponding to the term of the related Transaction.

    (u)  "List of Eligible Assets" shall refer to the List of Home Equity Loans,
         the List of  Mortgage  Loans or the List of Jumbo  Mortgage  Loans,  as
         applicable.

    (v)  "List of Home Equity  Loans"  shall be defined in  Paragraph 3 of these
         Supplemental Terms.

    (w)  "List of Jumbo  Mortgage  Loans"  shall be as defined in Paragraph 3 of
         these Supplemental Terms.

    (x)  "List of Mortgage  Loans"  shall be as defined in  Paragraph 3 of these
         Supplemental Terms.


                                       3
<PAGE>


    (y)  "Margin Notice Deadline" shall mean 10:00 a.m., New York City time.

    (z)  "MLMCI" shall refer to Merrill Lynch Mortgage Capital Inc.

    (aa) "Monthly  Report" shall mean the monthly report,  substantially  in the
         form attached hereto as Exhibit C, submitted by Seller to Buyer.

    (ab) "Mortgage" shall mean the mortgage or other instrument  creating a lien
         on the property securing a Note.

    (ac) "Mortgage Loan" shall mean an A Quality Non-Conforming Mortgage Loan, a
         B Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loan,  a C Quality  Non-Conforming
         Mortgage Loan or a D Quality Non-Conforming Mortgage Loan.

    (ad) "Note"  shall  mean the note or other  evidence  of  indebtedness  of a
         Borrower secured by a Mortgage.

    (ae) "Ocwen" shall mean Ocwen Asset Investment Corp., the parent of Seller.

    (af) "Pricing  Rate"  shall  mean  the per  annum  percentage  rate  for the
         determination  of the Price  Differential,  which  rate shall be (i) 90
         basis points in excess of LIBOR for the period from and  including  the
         related  Purchase Date to but  excluding the related  Delivery Date and
         (ii) 65 basis points in excess of LIBOR thereafter.

    (ag) "Qualified  Insurer" shall refer to a pool insurer  customarily used by
         Seller and mutually agreeable to Seller and Buyer.

    (ah) "Securities"   shall  be   deemed   to  mean   Eligible   Assets   and,
         notwithstanding  the  use  of  the  term  "Securities"  in  the  Master
         Repurchase Agreement,  in no event shall such Eligible Assets be deemed
         to be securities for the purposes of any securities or blue sky laws.

    (ai) "Seller" shall refer to Ocwen Partnership L.P.

    (aj) "Seller's  Guide" shall refer to the  underwriting  guide of Seller for
         Mortgage  Loans,   Jumbo  Mortgage  Loans  or  Home  Equity  Loans,  as
         applicable,  as such guide may be amended  from time to time and in the
         form most  recently  accepted  in  writing  by Buyer in its  reasonable
         business judgment.

    (ak) "Tangible Net Worth" shall refer to the sum of equity and  subordinated
         debt of Seller determined in  accordance  with GAAP less the sum of (i)
         intercompany receivables, (ii)


                                       4
<PAGE>


         loans to officers or employees of Seller, (iii) good will and (iv)
         deferred taxes.

    (al) "Transaction"  shall,  in addition to the  definition  set forth in the
         Repurchase Agreement, refer to substitutions pursuant to Paragraph 8 of
         the Repurchase Agreement.

3.  CONFIRMATIONS.  Each  Confirmation  shall be binding upon the parties hereto
    unless  written  notice of objection is given by the objecting  party to the
    other party within two (2) business days after the objecting party's receipt
    of such Confirmation.  In the case of Transactions  involving Jumbo Mortgage
    Loans,  Home Equity  Loans or Mortgage  Loans the  Eligible  Assets shall be
    identified on a detailed  listing to be provided by Seller to Buyer (a "List
    of Jumbo  Mortgage  Loans" for Jumbo  Mortgage  Loan, a "List of Home Equity
    Loans' for Home  Equity  Loans and a "List of Mortgage  Loans" for  Mortgage
    Loans) and may be  identified  in the related  Confirmation  by reference to
    such lists.

4.  MARGIN MAINTENANCE.

    (a)  Paragraphs  4(a)  and  4(b)  of the  Repurchase  Agreement  are  hereby
         modified to provide  that if the notice to be given by Buyer or Seller,
         as the case may be, is given at or prior to the Margin Notice deadline,
         the  transfer of the  Additional  Purchased  Securities  from Seller to
         Buyer  pursuant to Paragraph  4(a) of these  Supplemental  Terms or the
         transfer of cash or Purchased  Securities from Buyer to Seller pursuant
         to Paragraph  4(b) of these  Supplemental  Terms shall be made prior to
         the close of business in New York City on the date of such notice,  and
         if such notice is given after the Margin Notice Deadline,  Seller shall
         transfer the Additional  Eligible Assets prior to the close of business
         in New York City on the business day immediately  following the date of
         such notice. The Custodial  Agreement shall set forth further terms and
         provisions  relating to Buyer's  and  Seller's  rights and  obligations
         under Paragraph 4 of the Repurchase Agreement.

    (b)  Paragraph 4 of the  Repurchase  Agreement is hereby  modified by adding
         the following at the end thereof:

              "(f) In the event that Seller  fails to comply with
              the provisions of this Paragraph 4 and such failure
              is not due to the acts or omissions of Buyer, Buyer
              shall not be obligated to enter into any additional
              Transactions hereunder after the


                                5
<PAGE>


              date of such  failure  unless such failure is cured
              or waived.

5.  INCOME PAYMENTS.  Paragraph 5 of the Repurchase Agreement is hereby modified
    to provide  that,  so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing,  Seller  shall be entitled  to all  payments  of  principal  and
    interest  and  principal  prepayments  payable to the holder of the Eligible
    Assets. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, payment of principal and
    interest and  principal  prepayments  (without  deducting any amount for the
    Servicing Fee) shall be paid directly to Buyer in accordance  with the terms
    of this Agreement.

6.  INTENT OF THE PARTIES; SECURITY INTEREST.

    (a)  In the event, for any reason, any Transaction is construed by any court
         as a secured loan rather than a purchase and sale,  the parties  intend
         that  Seller  shall have  granted to Buyer a perfected  first  priority
         security interest in all of the Eligible Assets.

    (b)  Seller shall pay all fees and expenses  associated with perfecting such
         security interest  including,  without  limitation,  the cost of filing
         financing  statements  under the Uniform  Commercial Code and recording
         assignment of mortgage as and when reasonably requested by Buyer.

    (c)  Notwithstanding   any  election  by  buyer  to  engage  in   repurchase
         transactions  with the Eligible Assets or if Buyer otherwise  elects to
         pledge or hypothecate such Eligible  Assets,  upon demand by Seller and
         upon the  satisfaction  of the conditions  hereunder for the release of
         Eligible Assets,  Buyer shall redeliver to seller those Eligible Assets
         specifically  identified to Buyer by Seller free and clear of any liens
         or encumbrances created by Buyer.

    (d)  Notwithstanding  Paragraph 8(b) of the Repurchase Agreement,  it is the
         intention of the parties that the Custodian,  rather than Seller, shall
         maintain custody of the Purchased  Securities pursuant to the Custodial
         Agreement.

7.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.

    (a)  Each party represents and warrants, and shall on and as of the Purchase
         Date of any Transaction be deemed to represent and warrant, as follows:

         (i)    The  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement and
                the performance of each Transaction


                                       6
<PAGE>


                Do not and will not result in or  require  the  creation  of any
                lien,  security  interest or other charge or encumbrance  (other
                than pursuant to this  Agreement) upon or with respect to any of
                its properties: and

         (ii)   This Agreement is, and each  Transaction when entered into under
                this Agreement will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of
                it enforceable  against it in accordance  with the terms of this
                Agreement,  subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
                moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor's rights and
                to the  general  principles  of equity  (regardless  of  whether
                considered in proceeding in equity or at law).

    (b)  Seller  represents  and  warrants to Buyer,  and shall on and as of the
         Purchase Date of any Transaction be deemed to represent and warrant, as
         follows:

         (i)    The  documents  disclosed  by Seller to Buyer  pursuant  to this
                Agreement  are either  original  documents  or genuine  and true
                copies thereof;

         (ii)   Seller is a separate and  independent  entity from the Custodian
                named  in  the  Custodial  Agreement,  Seller  does  not  own  a
                controlling  interest  in  such  Custodian  either  directly  or
                through  affiliates and no director or officer of Seller is also
                a director or officer of such Custodian.


         (iii)  None of the Purchase Price for any Eligible  Assets will be used
                either  directly or indirectly to acquire any security,  as that
                term is defined in Regulation T of the  Regulations of the Board
                of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  and Seller has not
                taken any action that might cause any Transaction to violate any
                regulation of the Federal Reserve Board;

         (iv)   Each Eligible Asset conforms to the  underwriting  standards set
                forth in Seller's  Guide;  all Eligible  Assets will comply with
                the  applicable   representations  and  warranties  attached  as
                Exhibit B hereto;

         (v)    Each  Eligible  Asset was  originated  by Seller or purchased by
                Seller  from  Seller's  list of approved  originators  except as
                disclosed to Buyer in writing;


                                       7
<PAGE>


         (vi)   Each Eligible Asset was underwritten in accordance with Seller's
                Guide  furnished  by Seller to Buyer  and  accepted  by Buyer in
                writing,  and no  change  to  such  underwriting  standards  has
                occurred  since the date of the last  written  revision  to such
                standards  was  furnished  to Buyer by  Seller  or on  behalf of
                Seller and accepted by Buyer in writing;

         (vii)  Since the date of the most recent financial statement of Seller,
                delivered by it pursuant to  Paragraph 10 of these  Supplemental
                Terms,  there  has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  the
                financial condition or results of operations of Seller;

         (viii) Seller shall be at the time it delivers any Eligible  Assets for
                any Transaction,  and shall continue to be, through the Purchase
                Date relating to each such Transaction, the legal and beneficial
                owner  of  such  Eligible  Assets,  free of any  lien,  security
                interest, option or encumbrance except for the security interest
                created by or  pursuant to this  Agreement  and except for liens
                disclosed in writing to Buyer prior to the Purchase Date for the
                related  Transaction  and with  respect  to which  Buyer has not
                objected;

         (ix)   Seller has taken all action with respect to this Agreement,  the
                Custodial Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and
                thereby in order to comply with the provisions of all applicable
                law; and

         (x)    No eligible  Assets are more than thirty (30) days delinquent as
                of the related reporting period.

    (c)  Seller covenants with Buyer, from and after the date of this Agreement,
         as follows:

         (i)    Seller  will take all  actions  necessary  with  respect to this
                Agreement,   the  Custodial   Agreement  and  the   transactions
                contemplated  hereby and thereby in order to maintain compliance
                with the provisions of all applicable law;

         (ii)   Seller shall immediately  notify Buyer in writing if an Event of
                Default  or  an  event  contemplated  by  Paragraph  8 of  these
                Supplemental Terms shall have occurred;

         (iii)  Seller shall  deliver a Computer  Tape relating to the Custodial
                Agreement to Buyer with such


                                       8
<PAGE>


                frequency  as Buyer may require but in no event less  frequently
                than monthly;

         (iv)   No Eligible  Asset shall be subject to this  Agreement  for more
                than 180 consecutive calendar days in aggregate;

         (v)    Seller  shall  deliver  to Buyer a  Monthly  Report on the first
                business day of each month during the term of this Agreement;

         (vi)   Seller shall  comply with the  provisions  of Paragraph  6(b) of
                these Supplemental Terms;

         (vii)  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer upon Seller's  becoming aware
                that any of Seller's credit  facilities  shall terminate or debt
                become due prior to its stated maturity;

         (viii) Unless Seller shall be in compliance  with all credit  covenants
                made  by it  hereunder,  Seller  shall  not  repay  any  of  its
                subordinated debt during the term of this Agreement or while any
                amounts are payable to Buyer hereunder; and

         (ix)   This   Agreement  and  the  terms  hereof  are  intended  to  be
                confidential  and the Seller shall no disclose this Agreement or
                its terms  (including  any public  filings  with any  regulatory
                body) without the express written consent of the Buyer.

8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

    (a)  The term "Event of Default"  shall,  in addition to the  definition set
         forth in the  Repurchase  Agreement and with respect to the  applicable
         party, include the following events:

         (i)    Any  governmental  or   self-regulatory   authority  shall  take
                possession  of Buyer or Seller or their  property or appoint any
                receiver,  conservator  or other  official,  or such party shall
                take any action to  authorize  any of the  actions  set forth in
                this clause (i).

         (ii)   Either Buyer or Seller shall have reasonably determined that the
                other party is or will be unable to meet its  commitments  under
                this  Agreement,  shall have  notified  the other  party of such
                determination  and such  party  shall  not have  responded  with
                appropriate information to the


                                       9
<PAGE>



                contrary to the reasonable  satisfaction  of the inquiring party
                within 36 hours after notice.

         (iii)  This  Agreement  shall for any  reason  cease to create a valid,
                first priority  security  interest in any of the Eligible Assets
                purported to be covered thereby.

         (iv)   A final,  non-appealable  judgment by any competent court in the
                United  States of America  for the payment of money in an amount
                of a least $100,000 is rendered against Buyer or Seller, and the
                same remains  undischarged by the applicable  party for a period
                of sixty (60) days during which  execution  of such  judgment is
                not effectively stayed.

         (v)    Any  representations or warranty made by Buyer or Seller in this
                Agreement or the Custodial  Agreement  shall have been incorrect
                or untrue in any material  respect when made or repeated or when
                deemed  to have  been made or  repeated  and the  non-defaulting
                party shall have been materially and adversely affected thereby.

         (vi)   Any  covenant  made by Buyer or Seller in this  Agreement or the
                Custodial  Agreement  shall have been  breached in any  material
                respect and the non-defaulting  party shall have been materially
                and adversely affected thereby.

         (vii)  Any event of default or any event which with notice, the passage
                of time or both shall constitute an event of default shall occur
                and be  continuing  under  any  repurchase  or  other  financing
                agreement for borrowed  funds or indenture for borrowed funds by
                which  Buyer or Seller is bound or  affected  shall occur and be
                continuing including,  without limitation, any such agreement of
                one party to which the other party is a party.

         (viii) Seller  shall  experience  losses or  changes  in its  financial
                condition  (exclusive of amounts  withdrawn for payment of taxes
                due and payable by the  shareholders  of Seller)  that cause its
                Book Net Worth for any calendar quarter to be less than or equal
                to 80% of its Tangible Net Worth as of six calendar months prior
                to such period.

         (ix)   The ratio of  Seller's  total  assets to Seller's  Tangible  Net
                Worth shall at any time exceed 12:1.


                                       10
<PAGE>


         (x)    Seller's  ratio of total  liabilities to Book Net Worth shall at
                any time exceed 8:1.

    (b)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default;

         (i)    All rights of the defaulting  party to receive payments which it
                would otherwise be authorized to receive pursuant to Paragraph 5
                of these  Supplemental  Terms shall be  suspended,  and all such
                rights  shall  thereupon  become  vested  in the  non-defaulting
                party, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive such
                payments and apply them to the aggregate  unpaid amounts owed to
                the non-defaulting party by the defaulting party.

         (ii)   All payments which are received by the defaulting party contrary
                to the provisions of the preceding  clause (i) shall be received
                in trust for the benefit of the  non-defaulting  party and shall
                be segregated from other funds of the defaulting party.

         (iii)  The  non-defaulting  party may exercise any  self-help  remedies
                permitted by applicable law.

         (iv)   The  non-defaulting  party shall be entitled to the right of set
                off with respect to any amounts owed by the defaulting  party to
                the non-defaulting  party under any contract,  margin account or
                other arrangement.

9.  EVENTS OF TERMINATION.

    (a)  At the option of Buyer,  exercised  by  thirty-six  (36) hours  advance
         written  notice to Seller,  the  Repurchase  Date for each  Transaction
         under this Agreement shall be deemed to immediately  occur in the event
         that:

         (i)    In the  judgment of Buyer a material  adverse  change shall have
                occurred in the business, operations,  properties,  prospects or
                condition (financial or otherwise) of Seller;

         (ii)   Buyer  shall  request  written  assurances  as to the  Financial
                well-being  of  Seller  an such  assurances  shall not have been
                provided within thirty-six (36) hours of such request;

         (iii)  Seller  shall be in  default  with  respect  to any  normal  and
                customary  covenants  under any debt contract or agreement,  any
                servicing agreement or


                                       11
<PAGE>


                any lease to which it is a party, which default could materially
                adversely  affect  the  financial  condition  of  Seller  (which
                covenants include,  but are not limited to, an Act of Insolvency
                of Seller or the  failure  of Seller to make  required  payments
                under such contract or agreement as they become due);

         (iv)   The senior debt  obligations or short-term  debt  obligations of
                Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.  shall be rated below the four highest
                generic  grades   (without  regard  to  any  pluses  or  minuses
                reflecting   gradations  within  such  generic  grades)  by  any
                nationally recognized statistical rating organization;

         (v)    Any  representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement
                or any Custodial Agreement shall have been materially  incorrect
                or untrue when made or repeated or when deemed to have been made
                or  repeated  and such  circumstance  shall not have been  cured
                within twenty-four (24) hours of Seller having received notice;

         (vi)   Seller   shall  fail  to  promptly   notify  Buyer  or  (i)  the
                acceleration  of any debt  obligation or the  termination of any
                credit  facility of Seller;  (ii) the amount and maturity of any
                such debt  assumed  after  the date  hereof;  (iii) any  adverse
                developments  with  respect  to  pending  or  future  litigation
                involving Seller;  and (iv) any other  developments  which might
                materially  and  adversely  affect the  financial  condition  of
                Seller; or

         (vii)  Seller shall have failed to comply in any material  respect with
                its obligations under the Custodial Agreement.

    (b)  The events  specified in  Paragraph  9(a) of these  Supplemental  Terms
         which  may,  at the  option  of  Buyer,  cause an  acceleration  of the
         Repurchase  Date for a  Transaction  shall be in  addition to any other
         rights of Buyer to cause such an acceleration under this Agreement.

10. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Seller shall have provided Buyer:

    (a)  as soon as available  and in any event within sixty (60) days after the
         close of each of the first  three (3)  quarters  of each fiscal year of
         Seller,  Seller's  unaudited  balance  sheet and  statement  of income,
         subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, and as


                                       12
<PAGE>


         prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
         consistently applied;

    (b)  as soon as  available  and in any event  within one  hundred and twenty
         (120) days  after the close of each  fiscal  year of Seller,  a balance
         sheet of Seller,  a statement  of income of Seller and a  statement  of
         changes in  financial  position  of Seller as at the end of and for the
         fiscal year just closed, setting forth the corresponding figures of the
         previous  fiscal year,  if  applicable,  in  comparative  form,  all in
         reasonable  detail and certified in writing (without any  qualification
         or  exception  deemed  material by Buyer) by an  authorized  officer of
         Seller;

    (c)  as soon as available and in any event within  sixty(60)  days after the
         close of each of the first  three (3)  quarters  of each fiscal year of
         Ocwen, the applicable  quarterly Form 10-Q as filed with the Securities
         and Exchange  Commission,  including the  consolidated  statements  for
         Ocwen,  subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments,  and as
         prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
         consistently applied; and

    (d)  as soon as  available  and in any event  within one  hundred and twenty
         (120)  days  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal   year  of  Ocwen,   a
         consolidating  balance  sheet of Ocwen,  a  consolidating  statement of
         income of Ocwen and a  consolidating  statement of changes in financial
         position of Ocwen as at the end of and for the fiscal year just closed,
         setting forth the corresponding figures of the previous fiscal year, if
         applicable, in comparative form, all in reasonable detail and certified
         (without any  qualification  or exception  deemed material by Buyer) by
         independent  public  accountants   selected  by  Ocwen  and  reasonably
         satisfactory  to Buyer (which  requirement  Buyer hereby  agrees may be
         satisfied by Ocwen's audited financial  statement included in an Annual
         Report  on Form  10-K  and  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
         Commission).

         Each  delivery of  Eligible  Assets by Seller to Buyer  hereunder  will
         constitute a  representation  by Seller that there has been no material
         adverse change in Seller's  financial  condition not disclosed to Buyer
         since the date of Ocwen's most recent financial statement. Seller shall
         provide  Buyer,  from  time to  time at  Seller's  expense,  with  such
         information of a financial or operational  nature  respecting Seller as
         Buyer may  reasonably  request  promptly  upon receipt of such request.
         Buyer shall maintain the  confidentiality of all financial  information
         provided by Seller to Buyer and shall not make such


                                       13
<PAGE>


         information  available  to  any  other  person  or  entity  (except  as
         otherwise  required by a court of competent  jurisdiction)  without the
         prior   written   consent  of  Seller,   which  consent  shall  not  be
         unreasonably withheld.

11. MINIMUM  AND  MAXIMUM  TRANSACTION  AMOUNTS;  MARGIN.  With  respect  to all
    Transactions hereunder:

    (a)  The minimum amount of any  Transaction  under this Agreement shall have
         an aggregate Repurchase Price of $1,000,000;

    (b)  The  aggregate  outstanding  Repurchase  Price for the Eligible  Assets
         subject   to  this   Agreement   at  any  one  time  shall  not  exceed
         $125,000,000;

    (c)  The  amount  of the  outstanding  Repurchase  Price  attributable  to C
         Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loans and D  Quality  Non-Conforming
         Mortgage Loans shall not, in the aggregate, exceed $20,000,000;

    (d)  Buyer's  Margin  Percentage  with respect to each  category of Eligible
         Assets  shall be as  stated  in  Paragraph  2(f) of these  Supplemental
         Terms; and

    (e)  The amount of the outstanding  Repurchase  Price  attributable to Jumbo
         Mortgage  Loans,  as of any date of  determination,  shall not,  in the
         aggregate, exceed $20,000,000.

12. REPURCHASE PRICE;  PRICE  DIFFERENTIAL.  The Repurchase Price as of any date
    shall  include that portion of the Price  Differential  that has accrued but
    has not been paid. The Price Differential shall accrue, be calculated and be
    compounded on a daily basis for each Purchased Security (such calculation to
    be made on the  basis  of a  360-day  year  and the  actual  number  of days
    elapsed).  Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,
    the Price  Differential  shall be  payable  monthly in arrears to Buyer with
    respect  to  each  Transaction.  Any  provisions  of this  Agreement  to the
    contrary notwithstanding,  the Price Differential for any Transaction shall,
    unless otherwise  agreed by the parties,  be equal to the product of (i) the
    Repurchase Price (which shall be the Purchase Price increased by the accrued
    and unpaid Price  Differential)  and (ii) the Pricing Rate (based upon a 360
    day year and the actual number of days).  Payment of the Price  Differential
    to Buyer shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.


                                       14
<PAGE>


13. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY.

    (a)  At any  reasonable  time,  Seller  shall  permit  Buyer,  its agents or
         attorneys,  to inspect and copy any and all documents and data in their
         possession  pertaining  to each  Security  that is the  subject of such
         Transaction. Such inspection shall occur upon the request of Buyer at a
         mutually agreeable location during regular business hours and on a date
         not more than two (2) business days after the date of such request.

    (b)  Seller agrees to provide Buyer from time to time with such  information
         concerning  Seller of a financial  or  operational  nature as Buyer may
         reasonably request.

    (c)  Each of the parties  acknowledges  and agrees that this Agreement,  the
         Custodial  Agreement  and all  information  provided  by one  party  to
         another  in  connection  with  said  agreements  and  the  Transactions
         contemplated  thereby are  confidential in nature and each party agrees
         that it shall limit the  distribution of such documents and information
         to its  officers,  employees,  attorneys,  accountants  and  agents  as
         required  in order to  conduct  its  business  with  the  other  party;
         PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the restriction set forth in this subparagraph
         (c) shall not apply to documents and  information  that (i) a party has
         been  directed  to  disclose  by a court  or  regulatory  authority  of
         competent  jurisdiction,  (ii) are required to be disclosed pursuant to
         applicable  federal  or state law  (including  the  regulations  of the
         Securities  and  Exchange  Commission),  (iii) has  entered  the public
         domain  through means other than a breach of the foregoing  covenant by
         the party seeking to distribute  such documents and  information,  (iv)
         was known by the receiving  party prior to its receipt thereof from the
         other  part and (v) the other  party has given  written  permission  to
         disclose.

14. UNCOMMITTED  FACILITY.  The  entering  into  any  Transaction  hereunder  is
    discretionary  on the part of both parties and each  Eligible  Asset must be
    acceptable to Buyer for Purchaser  hereunder,  which  determination shall be
    made by Buyer in its sole discretion.

    Buy may, in its sole  discretion,  reject any Security  from  inclusion in a
    Transaction hereunder for any reason.

15. TRANSACTION PROCEDURES.

    Unless mutually agreed to the contrary by Buyer and Seller, no Purchase Date
    or Repurchase Date shall occur on a date other


                                       15
<PAGE>


    than a Friday (or the next preceding business day in the event Friday is not
    a business day).

16. OPINION  OF  COUNSEL.  Seller  shall,  on the date of the first  Transaction
    hereunder  and, upon the  reasonable  request of Buyer based on Buyer's good
    faith belief that there may have been a material  change in law or fact,  on
    the date of any subsequent Transaction, cause to be delivered to Buyer, with
    reliance  thereon  permitted as to any person or entity that  purchases  the
    Eligible Assets from Buyer in a repurchase transaction,  a favorable opinion
    of counsel to Seller  with  respect to the  matters set forth in Exhibit A-1
    and Exhibit A-2  hereto,  in form and  substance  reasonably  acceptable  to
    Buyer.

17. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS.  Prior to entering into the initial Transaction under
    this  Agreement,  Seller  shall cause each of the  following  conditions  to
    occur:


    (a)  A Custodial  Agreement in a form  satisfactory to Buyer shall have been
         executed and delivered by the parties thereto;

    (b)  Seller  shall have  disclosed  information  satisfactory  to Buyer with
         respect  to  the  scheduled   maturities  of  all  outstanding   credit
         facilities and debt of Seller;

    (c)  Seller shall make  available to Buyer and its agents all  printouts and
         all computer  software  pertaining to the Eligible  Assets as Buyer may
         reasonably request;

    (d)  The Custodian  shall have  delivered to Buyer a Custodial  Confirmation
         Statement  relating to the Eligible Assets subject to the  Transaction;
         and

    (e)  Seller shall have delivered a balance sheet and income statement
         (prepared in accordance with GAAP) to Buyer with an officer's
         certificate certifying the truth and accuracy of the information
         therein.

18. REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS. Buyer may in its sole election engage in repurchase
    transactions with the Eligible Assets or otherwise pledge or hypothecate the
    Eligible Assets with a counterparty of Buyer's  choice;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
    that no such  transaction by Buyer shall relieve Buyer of its obligations to
    Seller in connection with the repurchase by Seller of any Eligible Assets in
    accordance with the terms of this Agreement and that, upon demand by Seller,
    Buyer shall  redeliver  to Seller such  repurchased  Eligible  Assets as are
    specifically   identified   by  Seller  free  and  clear  of  any  liens  or
    encumbrances created by Buyer.


                                       16
<PAGE>


19. NEW YORK  JURISDICTION;  WAIVER OF JURY  TRIAL.  Seller  agrees to submit to
    personal  jurisdiction  in the State of New York in any action or proceeding
    arising out of this Agreement. Buyer and Seller each hereby waives the right
    of trial by jury in any litigation arising hereunder.

20. SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS.

    (a)  The parties  hereto agree and  acknowledge  that,  notwithstanding  the
         purchase and sale of the Eligible Assets  contemplated  hereby,  Seller
         shall cause the  Eligible  Assets to  continue  to be serviced  for the
         benefit of Buyer and,  if Buyer  shall  exercise  its right to sell the
         Eligible  Assets  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  prior  to the  related
         Repurchase Date, Buyer's assigns;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that, so long as
         an Event of Default shall not have occurred and be  continuing,  Seller
         shall be entitle to receive the  Servicing Fee relating to the Eligible
         Assets  serviced  by it until  such time as Buyer  elects to  terminate
         Seller  as  servicer  of  the  Eligible   Assets  as   contemplated  by
         subparagraph (d) below: PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that if an Event of
         Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  Seller shall not be
         entitled to receive the  Servicing  Fee during the  occurrence  of such
         Event of  Default  and after the  expiration  of such  thirty  (30) day
         period shall be entitled to receive the Servicing  Fee until  servicing
         is terminated as herein provided; and PROVIDED,  FURTHER, HOWEVER, that
         the  obligation of Seller to cause  Eligible  Assets to be serviced for
         the benefit of Buyer as aforesaid shall cease upon the payment to Buyer
         of the Repurchase Price therefor.

    (b)  Seller  shall cause the  Eligible  Assets to be serviced in  accordance
         with the servicing  standards for similar assets generally  employed by
         prudent  servicers in the Mortgage  Loan,  Jumbo  Mortgage  Loan,  Home
         Equity Loan and manufactured housing industry.

    (c)  Seller  shall cause the  servicer to enforce the rights of the owner of
         the  Eligible  Assets in  accordance  with the  standards  of a prudent
         lender in the manufactured housing,  Mortgage Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan
         and Home Equity Loan industry.

    (d)  Buyer may, in its sole  discretion  is any Event of Default  shall have
         occurred and be continuing,  without  payment of any  termination  fee,
         Servicing Fee (except as otherwise  provided in subparagraph (a) above)
         or any other  amount to Seller or any  servicer,  (i) sell its right to
         the Eligible Assets on a servicing released basis or (ii)


                                       17
<PAGE>


         terminate the servicer of the Eligible Assets with or without cause.

    (e)  Each servicer of Eligible Assets must be approved by Buyer.

21. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Seller shall promptly provide such further assurances or
    agreements  as Buyer may  request  in order to effect the  purposes  of this
    Agreement.

22. BUYER AS  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.  Buyer is  hereby  appointed  to act  after  the
    occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of an  Event of  Default  as the
    attorney-in-fact of Seller for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of
    this  Agreement  and taking any action and executing  any  instruments  that
    Buyer may deem  necessary or advisable to  accomplish  the purposes  hereof,
    which  appointment as  attorney-in-fact  is irrevocable  and coupled with an
    interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall have
    the right and power after the occurrence and during the  continuation of any
    Event of Default to receive,  endorse and collect all checks made payable to
    the order of Seller  representing any payment on account of the principal of
    or interest on any of the Purchased  Securities  and to give full  discharge
    for the same.

23. TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of Paragraph 15 of the Master
    Repurchase  Agreement to the contrary,  this Agreement and all  Transactions
    outstanding hereunder shall terminate  automatically without any requirement
    for notice on the date occurring eleven calendar months and twenty-nine days
    after  the  date as of which  this  Agreement  is  entered  into;  PROVIDED,
    HOWEVER,  that this Agreement and any Transaction  outstanding hereunder may
    be extended by written agreement of Buyer and Seller; and PROVIDED, FURTHER,
    HOWEVER,  that  no  such  party  shall  be  obligated  to  agree  to such an
    extension.

24. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT.  MLCC hereby  appoints MLMCI as its agent for purposes
    of reviewing and executing Confirmation/Funding Requests, determining Market
    Value,  exercising  any  termination  option  provided for in Paragraph 9 of
    these  Supplemental   Terms,   exercising  MLCC"  rights  under  any  margin
    maintenance  provision of this Agreement,  exercising MLCC" rights under the
    default  provisions of this  Agreement  and such other  purposes as MLCC may
    direct.  The  appointment  of  such  agent  shall  not  relieve  MLCC of its
    obligations as Buyer hereunder.

25. BINDING TERMS. All of the covenants,  stipulations,  promises and agreements
    in this  Agreement  shall bind the  successors  and  assigns of the  parties
    hereto, whether expressed or not.

26. NOTICES AND OTHER  COMMUNICATIONS.  Any  provision  of  Paragraph  13 of the
    Repurchase Agreement to the contrary


                                       18
<PAGE>


    notwithstanding, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be
    in writing  (including  telegraphic,  facsimile or telex  communication) and
    shall be effective and deemed  delivered  only when received by the party to
    which it is sent. Any such notice shall be sent to a party at the address or
    facsimile transmission number set forth in Annex II attached hereto.

27. INCORPORATION  OF TERMS.  The Repurchase  Agreement as  supplemented  hereby
    shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

28. EXPENSES. Seller shall pay its own expenses and all reasonable out-of-pocket
    costs and expenses  (including fees and  disbursements  of counsel):  (1) of
    Buyer incident to the preparation  and  negotiation of this  Agreement,  the
    Custodial  Agreement,  any  documents  relating  thereto,  any  amendment or
    waivers  thereto,  and the protection of the rights of Buyer  thereunder and
    (2) of Buyer  incident  to the  enforcement  of payment of amounts due under
    this Agreement or the Custodial  Agreement,  whether by judicial proceedings
    or otherwise,  including, without limitation, in connection with bankruptcy,
    insolvency,  liquidation,   reorganization,   moratorium  or  other  similar
    proceedings  involving  Seller.  Buyer shall not, from and after the date of
    this  Agreement  and so long as an Event of Default  shall not have occurred
    and be continuing, expend amounts reimbursable by Seller in excess oF $5,000
    without having notified Seller.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the
    contrary,  the  obligations  of  Seller  under  this  Paragraph  27 shall be
    effective and enforceable whether or not any Transaction remains outstanding
    and shall survive payment of all other obligations owed by Seller to Buyer.

29. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
    each of which  counterparts,  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  and such
    counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

The  following  exhibits have been omitted  herefrom and are available  upon the
request of the Commission:

    A-1 Opinion of Internal Counsel to Seller
    A-2 Opinion of Independent Counsel to Seller
    C   Monthly Activity Report
    Annex II


                                       19
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                             PART I. ELIGIBLE ASSET

    As to each  Eligible  Asset on a Purchase  Date (and the  related  Mortgage,
mortgage Note, assignment of Mortgage and mortgaged property),  the Seller shall
be deemed to make the following  representations  and warranties to the Buyer as
of such date and as of each date Market Value is determined. With respect to any
representations  and warranties made to the best of the Seller's  knowledge,  in
the event  that it is  discovered  that the  circumstances  with  respect to the
related Mortgage Loan are not accurately  reflected in such  representation  and
warranty notwithstanding the knowledge or lack of knowledge of the Seller, then,
notwithstanding that such representation and warranty is made to the best of the
Seller's  knowledge,  such Mortgage Loan shall be assigned a Collateral Value of
zero.

    The  Seller  has good  title  to and is the sole  owner  and  holder  of the
Mortgage Loan;

    1.   Immediately  prior to the pledge and grant of security  interest to the
Buyer,  the Note and the  Mortgage  Loan were not  subject to an  assignment  or
pledge,  and the Seller has full  right and  authority  to pledge and assign the
Mortgage Loan to the Buyer.

    2.   The Seller is  transferring  such  Mortgage  Loan to the Buyer free and
clear of any and all liens, pledges, charges or security interests of any nature
encumbering the Mortgage Loans.

    3.   The  information  set forth on the List of Eligible  Assets is true and
correct in all material respects.

    4.   Seller has acquired,  serviced, collected and otherwise dealt with each
Mortgage Loan in compliance  with all applicable  federal,  state and local laws
and regulations and the terms of the related Note and Mortgage.

    5.   The related Note and Mortgage are genuine and each is the legal,  valid
and binding obligation of the maker thereof,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms  except as such  enforcement  may be  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization  or other similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'
rights generally and be generally equity principles  (regardless of whether such
enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

    6.   The related  Mortgage is a valid and  enforceable  first lien or second
lien on the related mortgaged property, which


                                      B-1
<PAGE>


mortgaged  property is free and clear of all  encumbrances  and liens (including
mechanics liens) having priority over the first lien of the Mortgage except for:
(i) liens for real estate taxes and  assessments  not yet due and payable;  (ii)
covenants,  conditions  and  restrictions,  rights of way,  easements  and other
matters of public  record as of the date of  recording  of such  Mortgage,  such
exceptions appearing of record being acceptable to mortgage lending institutions
generally  or  specifically  reflected  or  considered  in  the  lender's  title
insurance  policy delivered to the origination of the Mortgage Loan and referred
to in the  appraisal  made in  connection  with the  origination  of the related
Mortgage  Loan and (iii) other  matters to which like  properties  are  commonly
subject  which do not  materially  interfere  with the  benefits of the security
intended to be provided by such Mortgage.

    7.   Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related
to such Mortgage Loan  establishes and creates a valid and  enforceable  lien on
the property described.

    8.   The Seller has not advanced funds,  or induced,  solicited or knowingly
received  any advance of funds by a party other than the  Borrower,  directly or
indirectly, for the payment of any amount required under the Mortgage Loan under
the Mortgage Loan.

    9.   Except as otherwise  disclosed by written  instruments  included in the
related documents required to be held by the Custodian pursuant to the Custodial
Agreement with respect to such Mortgage Loan (the "Mortgage  File"),  Seller has
not impaired,  waived,  altered or modified the related  Mortgage or Note in any
material  respect,  or  satisfied,  canceled,  rescinded  or  subordinated  such
Mortgage or Note in whole or in part or released all or any material  portion of
the mortgaged property from the lien of the Mortgage, or executed any instrument
of release, cancellation, rescission or satisfaction of the Note or Mortgage.

    10.  The  Mortgage  has not been  satisfied,  canceled or  subordinated,  in
whole, or rescinded,  and the mortgaged  property has not been released from the
lien of the  Mortgage,  in whole or in part  (except for a release that does not
materially  impair the security of the Mortgage  Loan or a release the effect of
which is reflected  in the  loan-to-value  ration for the  Mortgage  Loan as set
forth in the List of Eligible Assets,  nor to the best of the Seller's knowledge
has  any   instrument   been  executed  that  would  effect  any  such  release,
cancellation, subordination or rescission;

    11.  No condition  exists which could give rise to any right of  rescission,
set off, counterclaim , or defense including, without limitation, the defense of
usury, and no such right has been asserted.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>


    12.  There is no  proceeding  pending for the total or partial  condemnation
and no eminent domain proceedings pending affecting any mortgaged property.

    13.  Each Mortgage loan is covered by either (i) a mortgage title  insurance
policy or other generally  acceptable form of insurance  policy customary in the
jurisdiction  where the  mortgaged  property  is  located  or (ii) if  generally
acceptable  in the  jurisdiction  where the  mortgaged  property is located,  an
attorney's opinion of title given by an attorney licensed to practice law in the
jurisdiction  where the mortgaged  property is located.  All of Seller's  rights
under  such  policies,  opinions  or other  instruments  shall be  deemed  to be
transferred and assigned to Buyer upon transfer and pledge of the Mortgage Loans
hereunder. The tile insurance policy has been issued by a title insurer licensed
to do  business in the  jurisdiction  where the  mortgaged  property is located,
insuring the original  lender,  its  successor  and assigns,  as to the first or
second priority lien, as applicable,  of the Mortgage in the original  principal
amount of the Mortgage Loan, subject to the exceptions contained in such policy.
Seller is the sole insured of such mortgagee  title insurance  policy,  and such
mortgagee  title  insurance  policy is in full  force and  effect and will be in
force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement.  Seller has not made and has no  knowledge  of any claims  made under
such mortgagee  title insurance  policy.  Seller is not aware of any action by a
prior holder and Seller has not done, by act or omission,  anything  which could
impair the coverage or  enforceability  of such mortgagee title insurance policy
or the accuracy of such attorney's opinion of title.

    14.  Except  for  delinquent  monthly  payments,  there  exists no  material
default,  breach,  violation or event of acceleration existing under the related
Mortgage or the  related  Note and no event  which,  with the passage of time or
with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period,  would  constitute a
material default, breach, violation or event of acceleration. The Seller has not
waived any default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.

    15.  With respect to any  Mortgage  Loan which  provides  for an  adjustable
interest  rate,  all rate  adjustments  made by Seller  have been  performed  in
accordance  with the terms of the related Note or subsequent  modifications,  if
any.

    16.  As of the time of origination,  there are no delinquent  taxes,  ground
rents, water charges, sewer rents,  assessments,  insurance premiums,  leasehold
payments,   including  assessments  payable  in  future  installments  or  other
outstanding charges, affecting the related mortgaged property.


                                      B-3
<PAGE>


    17.  (i) No  foreclosure  proceedings  are  pending  against  the  mortgaged
property,  and to the Seller's best  knowledge,  (ii) no material  litigation or
lawsuit  relating to the Mortgage Loan is pending and (iii) the Mortgage Loan is
not subject to any pending bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

    18.  The  Mortgage  Loan  obligates  the Borrower  thereunder  to maintain a
hazard insurance policy ("Hazard  Insurance") in an amount at least equal to the
lesser of (i) the amount necessary to fully compensate for any damage or loss to
the  improvements  which are part of such  mortgaged  property on a  replacement
costs basis and (ii) the outstanding  principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, in
either  case  in  an  amount   sufficient  to  avoid  the   application  of  any
"co-insurance  provisions",  and,  if it  was in  place  at  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loan,  flood  insurance,  at the Borrower's  cost and expense.  If the
mortgaged  property  is in an area  identified  in the  Federal  Register by the
Federal Emergency  Management Agency ("FEMA") as having special flood hazards, a
flood  insurance  policy is in effect which met the  requirements of FEMA at the
time such policy was issued. The Mortgage obligates the Borrower's failure to do
so,  authorizes the holder of the Mortgage to obtain and maintain such insurance
at the Borrower's cost and expense, and to seek reimbursement  therefor form the
Borrower. The mortgaged property is covered by Hazard Insurance.

    19.  The Note is not and has not been secured by any  collateral  except the
lien on the  corresponding  Mortgage and the security interest of any applicable
security agreement or chattel mortgage.

    20.  Subject to any applicable  laws,  the Mortgage  contains an enforceable
provision for the acceleration of the payment of the unpaid principal balance of
the  Mortgage  Loan  in the  event  that  the  mortgaged  property  is  sold  or
transferred without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee  thereunder.  The
Mortgage  contains  customary and  enforceable  provisions such as to render the
rights and remedies of the holder thereof  adequate for the realization  against
the  mortgaged  property  of the  benefits  of the  security  provided  thereby,
including  (i) in the  case of a  Mortgage  designated  as a deed of  trust,  by
trustee's  sale  or  judicial   foreclosure   and  (ii)  otherwise  by  judicial
foreclosure. To the best of Seller's knowledge, since the date of origination of
the Mortgage Loan, the mortgaged property has not been subject to any bankruptcy
proceeding  or  foreclosure  proceeding  and  the  Borrower  has not  filed  for
protection  under  applicable  bankruptcy  laws.  There is no homestead or other
exemption  available to the Borrower that would interfere with the right to sell
the  mortgaged  property  at a  trustee's  sale or the  right to  foreclose  the
Mortgage. In the event the Mortgage constitutes a deed of trust, a trustee, duly
qualified under applicable law to serve as such, has been properly


                                      B-4
<PAGE>


designated and currently so serves and is named in the Mortgage,  and no fees or
expenses  are or will become  payable by Buyer to the trustee  under the deed of
trust,  except in connection  with a trustee's sale after default by the related
Borrower.  The  Borrower  has not  notified  the  Seller  and the  Seller has no
knowledge of any relief  requested or allowed to the Borrower under the Soldiers
and Sailors Civil Relief Act of 1940.

    21.  Except as set forth in the  appraisal  which  forms part of the related
Mortgage  File,  the  mortgaged  property,  normal  wear and tear  excepted,  is
undamaged  by waste,  fire,  earthquake  or earth  movement,  windstorm,  flood,
tornado or other casualty so as to affect  materially and adversely the value of
the  mortgaged  property as security for the Mortgage  Loan or the use for which
the premises  were  intended  and the Seller has no knowledge of any  proceeding
pending for the total or partial condemnation of such Mortgage Property.

    22.  There was no fraud involved in the  origination of the Mortgage Loan by
the mortgagee or, to the Seller's knowledge,  by the Borrower,  any appraiser or
any other party involved in the origination of the Mortgage Loan.

    23.  Each  Mortgage  File  contains an appraisal of the  mortgaged  property
indicating an appraised value equal to the appraised  value  identified for such
mortgaged  property  on the List of Eligible  Assets.  Each  appraisal  has been
performed  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Financial  Institutions
Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989.

    24.  All parties which have had any interest in the Mortgage  Loan,  whether
as mortagee,  assignee,  pledgee or  othwerwise,  are (or,  during the period in
which they held and disposed of such interest,  were) in compliance with any and
all applicable  "doing  business" and licensing  requirements of the laws of the
state wherein the mortaged property is located.

    25.  No improvements on the related mortgaged property encroach on adjoining
properties (and in the case of a condominium  unit, such improvements are within
the  project  with  respect to that  unit),  and no  improvements  on  adjoining
properties  encroach  upon the  mortgaged  property  unless  there exists in the
Mortgage  File a title  policy with  endorsements  which insure  against  losses
sustained by the insured as a result of such encroachments.

    26.  Principal  payments on the Mortgage  Loan  commenced no more than sixty
days after the  proceeds of the  Mortgage  Loan were  disbursed  and the Note is
payable on the first day of each month.

    27.  The Mortgage Loan bears interest at the mortgage  interest rate and the
Note does not permit negative amortization.


                                      B-5
<PAGE>


    28.  With respect to escrow  deposits,  if any, all such payments are in the
possession  of,  or  under  the  control  of,  the  Seller  and  there  exist no
deficiencies  in  connection  therewith  for which  customary  arrangements  for
repayment  thereof have not been made. No escrow  deposits or escrow advances or
other  charges  or  payments  due the  Seller  have been  capitalized  under any
Mortgage or the related Noted.

    29.  No Mortgage Loan contains provisions pursuant to which monthly payments
are: (i) paid or  partially  paid with fund  deposited  in any separate  account
established  by the Seller,  the Borrower,  or anyone on behalf of the Borrower;
(ii) paid by any source  other than the  Borrower  or (iii)  contains  any other
similar provisions which may constitute a "buydown" provision. The Mortgage Loan
is not a graduated  payment  mortgage loan and the Mortgage Loan does not have a
shared appreciation or other contingent interest feature.

    30.  To the Seller's  best  knowledge,  the  mortgaged  property is lawfully
occupied under applicable law.

    31.  Each  Mortgage  Loan  has  been  underwritten  in  accordance  with the
underwriting  guidelines  applicable  to such Mortgage Loan (on the basis of its
classification  of  an  A  Quality  Non-Conforming   Mortgage  Loan,  B  Quality
Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loan,  C  Quality  Non-Conforming  Mortgage  Loan,  as
applicable) of the Seller in effect at the time the Mortgage Loan was originated
or purchased by the Seller.

    32.  No law relating to servicing,  collection or notification practices and
no law relating to origination  practices,  has been violated in connection with
any  Mortgage  Loan  transferred  to  the  Buyer  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,
including,  without limitation,  usury, truth in lending, real estate settlement
procedures,  consumer credit protection,  equal credit opportunity or disclosure
laws.  The  Mortgage  Loan has been  serviced by the Seller and any  predecessor
servicer in accordance with the terms of the Note.

    33.  No Mortgage Loan was made in connection  with (a) the  construction  or
rehabilitation  of a mortgaged  property  or (b)  facilitating  the  trade-in or
exchange of a mortgage property.

    34.  The  Seller  hereby  covenants  that it will no  directly  solicit  any
Borrower hereunder to refinance the related Mortgage Loan.

    35.  The proceeds of the Mortgage  Loan have been fully  disbursed to or for
the account of the  Borrower  and there is no  obligation  for the  Mortgagee to
advance  additional  funds  thereunder,  and  any  and  all  requirements  as to
completion of any on-site or off-site improvement and as to disbursements of any
escrow funds therefor have been compiled with. All costs, fees and


                                      B-6
<PAGE>


expenses  incurred in making or closing the Mortgage  Loan and the  recording of
the Mortgage  have been paid,  and the Borrower is not entitled to any refund of
any amounts paid or due to the Mortgagee pursuant to the Note or Mortgage.

    36.  There are no mechanics' or similar liens or claims that have been filed
for work,  labor or material (and no rights are outstanding that under law could
give rise to such lien) affecting the related mortgaged property that are or may
be liens prior to or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the related Mortgage.

    37.  As to each fixed rate Mortgage Loan, interest is calculated on the Note
on the  basis of  twelve  30 day  months  and a 360 day  year,  and,  as to each
adjustable  rate Mortgage Loan,  interest is calculated on the Note on the basis
of the number of days in the related interest accrual period.

    38.  The mortgaged  property  consists of either (i) a single parcel of real
property or (ii) more than one parcel of real  property (as  determined  for tax
purposes  only) which parcels are contiguous and are subject to a single deed or
title, in each case with a detached single family residence erected thereon,  or
a two-to four-family dwelling,  or an individual  condominium unit in a low-rise
or high-rise  condominium  project,  or a  manufactured  dwelling  attached to a
permanent  foundation,  or an individual unit in a planned unit development or a
townhouse.  No  residence  or dwelling  is a mobile  home.  No Mortgage  Loan is
secured by a leasehold estate.


                                      B-7




THIS AGREEMENT is made on 24 April 1998 between:

(1)      OCWEN ASSET  INVESTMENT-UK,  LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
         and whose principal place of business is at The Forum,  1675 Palm Beach
         Lakes Boulevard, West Palm Beach, FL 33401 (the "BORROWER"); and

(2)      GREENWICH CAPITAL FINANCIAL PRODUCTS, INC. a company incorporated under
         the laws of the State of Delaware (the "LENDER"); and

WHEREAS:

(1)      Ocwen  Financial  Corporation  ("OFC")  and City  Mortgage  Corporation
         Limited  ("CMC")  together with other parties  referred to therein have
         entered into an agreement  for the sale and purchase of the business of
         CMC and its  subsidiaries  dated 31 March 1998 (the  "SALE  AGREEMENT")
         pursuant to which OFC has agreed to buy or procure  another Buyer Group
         Company  (as  therein  defined)  or any OAIC Group  Company (as therein
         defined)  to buy the assets  specified  therein  and the entire  issued
         share capital of City Mortgage Receivables 7 Plc.

(2)      The Lender has agreed to provide a facility to the  Borrower to finance
         the acquisition by the Borrower of the  Securitisation  Residuals under
         the Sale Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions contained
         herein.

(3)      The Borrower is a wholly owned  subsidiary and Ocwen  Partnership  L.P.
         (the  "GUARANTOR")  is a 98 per cent.  owned  subsidiary of Ocwen Asset
         Investment Corporation.

(4)      The  Guarantor  has  agreed  to  provide  a loan to the  Borrower  (the
         "INTERCOMPANY  LOAN") to finance the balance of the  purchase  price of
         the  Securitisation  Residuals  and in  consideration  for the economic
         benefit to be received by the Guarantor under the Intercompany Loan and
         in  order  to  protect  its  return  under  the  Intercompany  Loan the
         Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower under
         this Agreement on and subject to the terms of the Guarantee.


1.       INTERPRETATION

1.1      DEFINITIONS

         In this Agreement  (including the recitals  hereto) the following terms
         shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

         "ACCELERATION"   means  any  acceleration  of  the  Advance   hereunder
         following the occurrence of an Event of Default.


                                       1
<PAGE>


         "ACCOUNT BANK" means National  Westminster  Bank Plc or such other bank
         or financial institution as may be substituted as account bank with the
         prior written consent of the Lender.

         "ADDITIONAL   PRINCIPAL  REPAYMENT  AMOUNT"  means,  on  any  Principal
         Repayment Date in respect of which the provisions of clause 6.4 and 6.5
         apply, the amount necessary such that after  application of such amount
         to  Outstanding  Advances  (and  after  application  of  the  Principal
         Repayment  Amount to Outstanding  Advances on such date) the Collateral
         Percentage is equal to 65 per cent.

         "ADVANCE" means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  the advance (as
         from time to time reduced by repayment and  prepayment) in an amount of
         ,19,000,000  (nineteen  million pounds) to be made by the Lender to the
         Borrower in one  instalment  on the  Advance  Date to be applied by the
         Borrower,  together with the advance made to it under the  Intercompany
         Loan on or prior to the Advance  Date,  to finance the  purchase by the
         Borrower of the Securitisation Residuals.

         "ADVANCE  DATE"  means the date  hereof or such later date as agreed by
         the Lender.

         "AGREEMENT" means this Residuals Loan Facility Agreement, including all
         schedules and annexures hereto, which expression shall include the same
         as varied, supplemented,  re-stated, extended or replaced, in each case
         in writing, from time to time.

         "AVAILABLE  CASH" means,  for each Principal  Repayment Date, an amount
         equal to the aggregate of:-

         (a)      the   Permitted   Percentage   (at  the   relevant   time)  of
                  Securitisation  Residual Receipts received or recovered during
                  the related Collection Period; and

         (b)      100 per cent of all Securitisation  Residual Proceeds received
                  or recovered during the related Collection Period.

         "BORROWER  PROCEEDS  ACCOUNT"  means  the  account  in the  name of the
         Borrower with the Account Bank number  36156930  assigned to the Lender
         pursuant to the Borrower Proceeds Account Assignment.

         "BORROWER  PROCEEDS  ACCOUNT  ASSIGNMENT"  means the  assignment of the
         Borrower Proceeds Account in favour of the Lender dated on or about the
         date hereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

         "BUSINESS  DAY" means a day (other  than a Saturday or Sunday) on which
         banks are generally open for business in London and New York.

         "COLLATERAL  PERCENTAGE"  means,  on any day by  reference to which the
         same  falls  to be  calculated,  Outstanding  Advances  expressed  as a
         percentage of Residuals  Market Value plus Eligible  Collateral  Value,
         calculated and agreed in accordance with Clause 16.


                                       2
<PAGE>


         "COLLECTION  PERIOD" means the calendar month  immediately prior to the
         calendar month in which the relevant Interest Payment Date or Principal
         Repayment Date falls.

         "CONSOLIDATED   INDEBTEDNESS"  means  for  any  period,  the  aggregate
         Indebtedness of the relevant entity determined on a consolidated  basis
         in accordance  with GAAP less any  non-specific  balance sheet reserves
         maintained in accordance with GAAP.

         "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means all amounts included as capital
         on the relevant  entity's  consolidated  balance  sheet  determined  in
         accordance  with GAAP less  amounts  owing to  affiliates  and less any
         intangible assets including, without limitation,  goodwill and deferred
         tax assets.

         "DEFERRED  INTEREST  PERIOD" means each period which would, but for the
         deferral  of the first  Interest  Payment  Date,  have been an Interest
         Period prior to the First Interest Payment Date.

         "DETERMINATION DATE" means the last day of each Collection Period.

         "DISPOSAL" means in the case of the  Securitisation  Residuals financed
         hereunder the sale or other disposition thereof, by the Borrower or the
         Lender as assignee.

         "ELIGIBLE  COLLATERAL"  means any form of collateral  which is mutually
         acceptable to both the Lender and the Borrower charged (by way of first
         fixed  charge)  or  otherwise  pledged so as to give the Lender a first
         priority, perfected security interest pursuant to security documents in
         form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

         "ELIGIBLE  COLLATERAL  VALUE"  means the market  value of the  Eligible
         Collateral  determined at the sole discretion of the Lender,  acting in
         good faith which in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive.

         "ENFORCEMENT"  means  any  enforcement  by  the  Lender  of  any of its
         Security under the Security Documents  irrespective of whether, at that
         time, an Acceleration shall have occurred;

         "EVENT OF DEFAULT"  means any one of the  conditions  or  circumstances
         referred to in clause 14.

         "FACILITY"  means the  facility  granted to the  Borrower by the Lender
         under this Agreement.

         "FACILITY OFFICE" means the office of the Lender through which it makes
         the Advance to the Borrower.


                                       3
<PAGE>


         "FINAL  MATURITY  DATE" means the day falling on the third  anniversary
         from the date  hereof  unless  that day is not a Business  Day in which
         case the Final  Maturity  Date shall be the  immediately  preceding day
         which is a Business Day.

         "GAAP" means accounting  principles  generally  accepted and adopted in
         the United  States of America as at the relevant  date and applied on a
         consistent basis.

         "GUARANTEE"  means the  guarantee  to be given by the  Guarantor  on or
         about the date hereof in form and substance  satisfactory to the Lender
         guaranteeing,  inter alia,  the  obligations of the Borrower under this
         Agreement.

         "HOLDING  COMPANY"  of a company or  corporation  means any  company or
         corporation  of which the  first-mentioned  company or corporation is a
         subsidiary,  and references to a company or corporation shall be deemed
         to include a company or corporation  which is not formed and registered
         under the Companies Act 1985.

         "INDEBTEDNESS"  means any obligation  (whether incurred as principal or
         surety) for the payment or repayment of money in respect of:

         (a)      monies borrowed and debit balances at banks;

         (b)      any loan note,  bond,  note,  loan  stock,  commercial  paper,
                  debenture or other security;

         (c)      any acceptance or letters of credit;

         (d)      the deferred  purchase  price of property or services,  except
                  accounts  payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary
                  course of business;

         (e)      any  receivable  sold  or  discounted  (otherwise  than  on  a
                  non-recourse basis);

         (f)      the  capital  value of any lease  (whether in respect of land,
                  machinery, equipment or otherwise) entered into primarily as a
                  method of raising  finance or financing the acquisition of the
                  asset leased;

         (g)      any currency or interest swap, cap, collar,  floor or corridor
                  transaction, any repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction,
                  any foreign exchange,  spot or forward transaction,  any stock
                  lending transaction,  any financial option, or any combination
                  of any of the foregoing; or

         (h)      without  double   counting,   any   guarantee,   indemnity  or
                  contingent  liability  in  respect  of any  borrowings  of any
                  person of a type  referred  to in (a) to (g) above but only to
                  the extent the  borrowings  thereby  guaranteed or indemnified
                  against are outstanding.

         "INITIAL  COLLATERAL  DEFICIENCY PERIOD" means the period commencing on
         the date hereof and continuing  until the  Collateral  Percentage is 60
         per cent or less for three 


                                       4
<PAGE>


         successive  Principal  Repayment  Dates  unless on the date  hereof the
         Collateral  Percentage is 60 per cent or less in which case there shall
         be no Initial Collateral Deficiency Period.

         "INTEREST  CALCULATION  AMOUNT"  means  in  respect  of  each  Deferred
         Interest  Period  falling  within (or part  within) the period from the
         date  hereof to the First  Interest  Payment  Date (as  defined  in the
         definition of "Interest  Payment  Date"),  the amount of interest which
         would, but for the extended First Interest Period, have been payable on
         each Principal  Repayment Date falling within (and on the final day of)
         such period, calculated on the basis that:-

         (1)      all interest on each such Principal  Repayment Date is paid on
                  its due date;

         (2)      LIBOR is re-set on each Principal Repayment Date; and

         (3)      interest  is  calculated  on  the  actual  reducing  principal
                  balance of the Advance.

         "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means in the case of the First Interest Payment
         Date the earlier of the Principal Repayment Date immediately  following
         the date on which the  Borrower  receives a  direction  from the Inland
         Revenue  pursuant to the United  States/United  Kingdom double taxation
         treaty to pay interest under this Agreement free of UK withholding  tax
         or the Principal  Repayment Date  immediately  following  notice by the
         Lender to the Borrower that interest payments are to be paid subject to
         UK withholding tax (such date, the "FIRST INTEREST PAYMENT DATE"),  and
         in the case of each  subsequent  interest  payment date, each Principal
         Repayment Date.

         "Interest Period" means each of the following periods:

         (a)      the period  commencing on (and  including) the day the Advance
                  is made and  ending  on (but  excluding)  the  next  following
                  Interest Payment Date; and

         (b)      thereafter,  each  period  commencing  on (and  including)  an
                  Interest  Payment Date and ending on (but  excluding) the next
                  following Interest Payment Date,

         provided  that any Interest  Period which would  otherwise  overrun the
         Final Maturity Date shall end upon of the Final Maturity Date.

         "ISSUERS"  means each of City  Mortgage  Receivables 1 Plc (Company No.
         3126751),  City Mortgage Receivables 2 Plc (Company No. 3245450),  City
         Mortgage  Receivables  3  Plc  (Company  No.  3245445),  City  Mortgage
         Receivables 4 Plc (Company No.  3246090),  City Mortgage  Receivables 5
         Plc (Company No. 3304205) and City Mortgage  Receivables 6 Plc (Company
         No. 3328209).

         "LIBOR" in  respect  of a  particular  period  and in  relation  to the
         Advance or other  amount in respect of which an interest  rate is to be
         determined  pursuant to this Agreement,  means the percentage  interest
         rate per annum  for the time  being  offered


                                       5
<PAGE>


         in the London Interbank Market to prime banks for sterling deposits for
         the relevant  period at or about 11.00 a.m.  (London time) on the first
         day of such period as published on the relevant  page of The  Bloomberg
         (Bloomberg  L.P.) under the heading "Money Market - Money Market Rates"
         save that LIBOR for the First Interest Period shall be one month LIBOR.

         "MARGIN" means 2.5 per cent per annum.

         "NOVATION  AGREEMENTS" means the six novation  agreements to be entered
         into  on  or  about  the  date  hereof  each  in  form  and   substance
         satisfactory  to the Lender  relating  to,  inter alia,  Securitisation
         Residuals in respect of  Securitisations  and the Novation agreement to
         be  entered  into on or about  the date  hereof  in form and  substance
         satisfactory  to the Lender  relating  to,  inter  alia,  certain  bank
         accounts.

         "OUTSTANDING  ADVANCE" means, on any day by reference to which the same
         falls to be determined, the aggregate amount of the Advance outstanding
         under the Facility.

         "PERMITTED PERCENTAGE" means:

         (i)      during the Initial Collateral Deficiency Period:

                  (a)      75 per cent. for so long as the Collateral Percentage
                           does not exceed 65 per cent; or

                  (b)      94 per cent. for so long as the Collateral Percentage
                           exceeds 65 per cent; or

         (ii)     during the Subsequent Collateral Deficiency Period:

                  (a)      50 per cent. for so long as the Collateral Percentage
                           does not exceed 65 per cent; or

                  (b)      94 per cent. for so long as the Collateral Percentage
                           exceeds 65 per cent.

         "POTENTIAL  EVENT OF DEFAULT"  means any event which with the giving of
         notice or the  passing of time or both or the  occurrence  of any other
         event will become an Event of Default.

         "PRINCIPAL  REPAYMENT AMOUNT" for any Principal Repayment Date means an
         amount equal to Available Cash  (calculated for the relevant  Principal
         Repayment Date) less the aggregate of:-

         (a)      interest due  hereunder on the  relevant  Principal  Repayment
                  Date; and

         (b)      all  reasonable  fees,  expenses and other  amounts due to the
                  Lender  under  any  Transaction  Document  on  such  Principal
                  Repayment Date.


                                       6
<PAGE>


         "PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT DATE" means, the 25th day of May 1998, unless that
         day is not a Business Day in which case the first  Principal  Repayment
         Date shall be the immediately preceding day which is a Business Day and
         thereafter the 25th day of each month unless that day is not a Business
         Day is which case the Principal Repayment Date
         shall be the immediately preceding day which is a Business Day.

         "PURCHASE  PRICE" means such part of the purchase  price  payable under
         the Sale Agreement as is attributed to the Securitisation Residuals.

         "PURCHASE  PRICE  BALANCE" means the amount by which the Purchase Price
         exceeds the Advance.

         "RESIDUALS  ASSIGNMENT"  means the  assignment  agreement to be entered
         into on or about the date hereof in form and substance  satisfactory to
         the Lender by the Borrower assigning in favour of the Lender the Assets
         (as therein defined).

         "RESIDUALS  MARKET VALUE" means the market value of the  Securitisation
         Residuals financed under the Facility determined at the sole discretion
         of the  Lender,  acting in good faith  which in the absence of manifest
         error shall be conclusive.

         "SECURED LIABILITIES" means all liabilities and obligations of whatever
         nature of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other person secured under
         any Security Document.

         "SECURITISATION  DOCUMENTATION"  means all  documentation  executed  in
         connection with each Securitisation as the same shall have been novated
         and amended pursuant to, inter alia, the Novation Agreements.

         "SECURITISATION  RESIDUALS"  has the  meaning  attributed  to it in the
         Residuals Assignment.

         "SECURITISATION RESIDUALS PROCEEDS" means, in respect of Securitisation
         Residuals financed hereunder, the aggregate amount of:-

         (a)      all  cash  consideration  received  by or  on  behalf  of  the
                  Borrower or the Lender as assignee  upon or as a result of the
                  Disposal of some or all of such Securitisation Residuals; and

         (b)      any non-refundable deposit or other advance payment paid to or
                  for the  account of the  Borrower or the Lender as assignee by
                  any person  acquiring  or  proposing  to acquire all or any of
                  such  Securitisation  Residuals  under a contract  or offer to
                  purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  the  same  which  has  been
                  withdrawn, terminated, cancelled or has lapsed,

         irrespective  of whether the same shall be payable  upon or at any time
         after the relevant Disposal.


                                       7
<PAGE>


         "SECURITISATION  RESIDUALS  RECEIPTS"  means all  amounts  received  or
         recovered  by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Lender as assignee in
         respect of their  respective  rights,  title and interest in and to any
         Securitisation  Residual,  whether  received or  recovered  under or in
         accordance  with the  Securitisation  Documentation  or  otherwise  but
         excluding all Securitisation Residuals Proceeds.

         "SECURITISATIONS" means each of the six securitisations of Mortgage
         Loans  originated  by CMC and  certain  of its  subsidiaries,  effected
         through sales of the Mortgage  Loans to the Issuers on 21 March,  1996,
         18 October,  1996,  31 October,  1996,  31 January,  1997 and 30 April,
         1997.

         "SECURITY"  includes  any  mortgage,  sub  mortgage,  fixed or floating
         charge, sub charge, encumbrance, lien, pledge, hypothecation,  absolute
         assignment,   assignment  by  way  of  security,   or  title  retention
         arrangement,  and any agreement or arrangement having substantially the
         same economic or financial  effect as any of the  foregoing  (including
         any "hold back" or "flawed asset" arrangement).

         "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Residuals Assignment,  (and each further
         security  document executed  pursuant  thereto),  the Borrower Proceeds
         Account Assignment and any other security document executed pursuant to
         this Agreement.

         "SERVICE  DOCUMENT"  means a writ,  summons,  order  judgment  or other
         process issued in connection with any Proceedings;

         "SUBSEQUENT  COLLATERAL  DEFICIENCY PERIOD" means the period commencing
         on the day immediately following the last day of the Initial Collateral
         Deficiency  Period and continuing  until the Final Maturity Date or, if
         earlier the repayment in full of the Advance.

         "SUBSIDIARY"  of a person means (i) any  corporation or other entity of
         which  securities or other ownership  interests  having ordinary voting
         power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or other  persons
         performing  similar  functions  are at the time  directly or indirectly
         owned  or  controlled  by  such  person,  one  or  more  of  the  other
         subsidiaries  of such  person or any  combination  thereof  or (ii) any
         partnership in which such person is a general partner.

         "TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement,  the Security  Documents
         and the  Guarantee  and each other  document at any time  entered  into
         between all or any of the Borrower,  the Guarantor,  the Lender and any
         third party  pursuant to or in connection  with any document which is a
         Transaction Document.

         the "LENDER" shall be construed so as to include its and any subsequent
         successors and assigns in accordance with their respective interests.


                                       8
<PAGE>


         a "MONTH" is a reference to a period  starting on one day in a calendar
         month  and  ending  on the  numerically  corresponding  day in the next
         following  calendar month;  PROVIDED that,  where any such period would
         otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall end on the
         following  succeeding  Business  Day,  unless  that  day  falls  in the
         calendar  month next  following  that in which it would  otherwise have
         ended, in which case it shall end on the immediately preceding Business
         Day;  and  provided   further   that,   if  there  is  no   numerically
         corresponding  day in the next following  calendar  month,  that period
         shall  end on the last  Business  Day in that next  following  calendar
         month (and references to "MONTHS" shall be construed accordingly).

         a "PERSON"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to any  person,  firm,
         company,  corporation,  government,  state or  agency of a state or any
         association  or  partnership  (whether  or not  having  separate  legal
         personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

         "REPAY" (or any derivative form thereof) shall, subject to any contrary
         indication,  be construed to include  "PREPAY" (or, as the case may be,
         the corresponding derivative form thereof).

         "TAX"  shall be  construed  so as to include any present or future tax,
         levy,  impost,  duty or other charge of a similar nature (including any
         penalty or interest  payable in  connection  with any failure to pay or
         any delay in paying any of the same).

         "VAT" shall be construed  as a reference  to value added tax  including
         any  similar  tax which may be  imposed in place  thereof  from time to
         time.

         the  "WINDING-UP",  "DISSOLUTION" or  "ADMINISTRATION"  of a company or
         corporation  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  equivalent  or
         analogous  proceedings  under the law of the jurisdiction in which such
         company or corporation is  incorporated  or any  jurisdiction  in which
         such company or corporation  carries on business  including the seeking
         of    liquidation,     winding-up,     reorganisation,     dissolution,
         administration,   arrangement,  adjustment,  protection  or  relief  of
         debtors.

1.2      INTERPRETATION

         For the  purposes  of this  Agreement  except  as  otherwise  expressly
         provided or unless the context otherwise requires:-

         (1)      accounting  terms  not  otherwise   defined  herein  have  the
                  meanings   assigned  to  them  in  accordance  with  generally
                  accepted accounting principles;

         (2)      references herein to "clauses",  "sub-clauses",  "paragraphs",
                  and other subdivisions  without reference to a document are to
                  designated   clauses,   sub-clauses   paragraphs   and   other
                  subdivisions of this Agreement;


                                       9
<PAGE>


         (3)      reference  to a  sub-clause  without  further  reference  to a
                  clause is a reference to such  sub-clause  as contained in the
                  same  clause in which  the  reference  appears,  and this rule
                  shall also apply to paragraphs and other subdivisions;

         (4)      the words "herein",  "hereof",  "hereunder" and other words of
                  similar  import refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to
                  any particular provision;

         (5)      headings to clauses and Schedules are for convenience only and
                  do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;
         (1)

         (6)      references to a "company"  shall be construed so as to include
                  any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and
                  however incorporated or established;

         (7)      references to times of the day are to London time;

         (8)      references to any agreement  (including  without limitation to
                  each Transaction Document),  shall be construed as a reference
                  to such agreement as the same may be, or may from time to time
                  have  been,  amended,  modified,   supplemented,   novated  or
                  restated  in  accordance  with the  terms  of the  Transaction
                  Documents;

         (1)      "(POUND STERLING)",  "POUNDS" and "STERLING" denote the lawful
                  currency of the United Kingdom and "$" and "DOLLAR" denote the
                  lawful currency of the United States of America;

         (10)     any  reference  in  this  Agreement  to  a  statute  shall  be
                  construed  as a reference to such statute as the same may have
                  been,  or may  from  time to time  be,  amended,  modified  or
                  re-enacted;

         (11)     any  reference to Security  shall  include not only  interests
                  which constitute  Security as a matter of English law but also
                  (and separately)  those which constitute  Security as a matter
                  of U.S. law.

2.       THE FACILITY AND PURPOSEFACILITY AND PURPOSE

2.1      The Lender hereby grants to the Borrower a credit  facility  comprising
         the Advance on and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.2      The  Advance  will be used by the  Borrower  for the  sole  purpose  of
         purchasing  the  Securitisation   Residuals  (as  novated  and  amended
         pursuant to the Novation  Agreements) from CMC and Mortgage  Management
         Limited on the terms of the Sale Agreement.


                                       10
<PAGE>


2.3      The Lender shall not be obliged to concern itself with the  application
         of  amounts   borrowed  by  the  Borrower   under  this  Agreement  and
         application  by the  Borrower  of funds  so  borrowed  contrary  to the
         provisions  of clause  2.2  shall not  prejudice  the  Lender's  rights
         hereunder or under any other Transaction Document.

3.       AVAILABILITY

3.1      The Facility  will not become  available to the Borrower and the Lender
         shall be under no obligation to make the Advance  hereunder  until each
         of the following  conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled to the
         satisfaction of the Lender:

         (1)      the  Lender  shall  have   received   each  of  the  following
                  documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to it:-

                  (1)      a  true  and  complete  copy  of the  Certificate  of
                           Formation of the Borrower, certified by the Secretary
                           of State of the State of  Delaware,  together  with a
                           certified  true  and  complete  copy  of the  limited
                           liability company agreement of the Borrower certified
                           by  the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of  the
                           Borrower  and  a  true  and  complete   copy  of  the
                           Certificate of Limited  Partnership of the Guarantor,
                           certified  by the  Secretary of  Commonwealth  of the
                           Commonwealth  of Virginia,  together with a certified
                           true and  complete  copy of the  limited  partnership
                           agreement of the Guarantor certified by the Secretary
                           or Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor;

                  (2)      a  certificate  of  the  Secretary  or  an  Assistant
                           Secretary of each of the  Borrower and the  Guarantor
                           certifying, among other things (a) the names and true
                           signatures of the officers of such person  authorised
                           to sign the  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a
                           party;  (b)  that  the  limited   liability   company
                           agreement  or limited  partnership  agreement of such
                           person  delivered  to the  Lender  on the date of the
                           drawing of the  Advance  are true and  complete,  and
                           have  not  been   amended,   rescinded  or  otherwise
                           modified;  (c) that the  resolutions  of the Board of
                           Directors (or equivalent  governing  body) of each of
                           such person attached thereto, which authorise,  among
                           other  things  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the
                           Transaction  Documents,  are true and  complete,  and
                           have  not  been   amended,   rescinded  or  otherwise
                           modified;  (d) that the Sale  Agreement  and Novation
                           Agreements delivered to the Lender on the date of the
                           drawing of the Advance are true and  complete  copies
                           of such  documents  and  contain  all  amendments  or
                           modifications  thereto as of such date;  and (e) that
                           there  have been no  changes  in the  Certificate  of
                           Formation or Certificate of Limited  Partnership,  as
                           the case may be, of such person since the date of the
                           most recent certification thereof by the Secretary of
                           State of Delaware or Secretary of Commonwealth of the
                           Commonwealth of Virginia, as the case may be.


                                       11
<PAGE>


                  (3)      originals  (or,  where the Lender is not party to the
                           relevant  document,  certified copies) of each of the
                           following  documents,  duly  executed  by each  party
                           thereto other than the Lender:-

                           (1)      the Guarantee;

                           (2)      the Security  Documents  and all notices and
                                    acknowledgements  thereof  to be  given  and
                                    received  thereunder and all consents to any
                                    such security being granted;

                           (3)      the Sale  Agreement  including all schedules
                                    thereto and the disclosure  letter  relating
                                    thereto;

                           (4)      the Novation  Agreements  together  with all
                                    notices relating thereto;

                           (5)      the Intercompany Loan.

                  (4)      in respect of each of the Borrower and the  Guarantor
                           a copy  (certified  by the secretary or a director or
                           equivalent  officer  of the  relevant  company  to be
                           true,  complete  and up to  date  as at the  date  of
                           advance of the Advance) of all  consents,  approvals,
                           authorisations or orders of any court or governmental
                           agency or body required for the  execution,  delivery
                           and  performance  by it of, or compliance by it with,
                           the  terms  of  any   Transaction   Document  or  the
                           consummation   of   the   transactions   contemplated
                           thereby;

                  (5)      duly  executed  account  mandates  in relation to the
                           Borrower Proceeds Account,  specifying the authorised
                           signatories for the Borrower and the Lender;

                  (6)      UCC-1 Financing  Statements  executed by the Borrower
                           against the Securitisation  Residuals with respect to
                           the jurisdictions requested by the Lender;

         (2)      all conditions precedent under each other Transaction Document
                  (other  than any  requirement  that the  Facility  shall  have
                  become available hereunder) shall have been fulfilled;

         (3)      the Lender shall have received  legal  opinions,  each in form
                  and substance satisfactory to it, from each of the following:

                           (1)      Edge and Ellison;
                           (2)      Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld LLP;
                           (3)      in  house   counsel   to   Ocwen   Financial
                                    Corporation


                                       12
<PAGE>


         (4)      the  articles of  incorporation  and  By-Laws of the  Borrower
                  shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

         (5)      the representations and warranties made in Section 12 shall be
                  true and  correct on and as of the Advance  Date,  immediately
                  preceding  and after giving  effect to such Advance and to the
                  application of the proceeds therefrom;

         (6)      the Lender shall be satisfied  that the loan,  in an amount at
                  least equal to the  Purchase  Price  Balance,  shall have been
                  made by the Guarantor to the Borrower  under the  Intercompany
                  Loan.

4.       DRAWINGS

4.1      Subject to:-

         (1)      the conditions  precedent in Clause 3 having been fulfilled to
                  the satisfaction of the Lender or waived by the Lender; and

         (2)      no Event of  Default  or  Potential  Event of  Default  having
                  occurred and subsisting unremedied (to the satisfaction of the
                  Lender) and unwaived,

         in each case by no later than 12, noon London time on the Advance  Date
         the Lender will make the Advance to the Borrower on the Advance Date.

4.2      Subject to the foregoing  provisions of this Clause 4 the Lender shall,
         not later than 2 pm London  time on the date on which the Advance is to
         be made (or such later time as maybe  agreed  between the  Borrower and
         the Lender), make the Advance requested,  the Advance to be credited to
         an account specified by the Borrower.

4.3      If the  Borrower  fails  for any  reason  whatsoever  (other  than as a
         consequence of a breach of the Lender's  obligations)  to draw down the
         Advance on the Advance Date  (whether such failure be the result of the
         occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise),  the Borrower will pay
         to the  Lender on demand  such  amount as the  Lender  certifies  to be
         necessary  to  compensate  for all  losses  excluding  loss  of  Margin
         incurred or to be incurred on account of deposits  acquired or arranged
         in order to fund the Advance.  Any such certificate by the Lender shall
         be prima facie evidence of such losses.

5.       INTEREST ON ADVANCESON ADVANCES

5.1      The Borrower will pay interest on the Advance on each Interest  Payment
         Date in respect of each Interest Period  referable  thereto at the rate
         per annum equal to the  aggregate  of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR for
         the relevant Interest Period.


                                       13
<PAGE>


5.2      On  the  First  Interest  Payment  Date,  the  Borrower  shall  pay  an
         additional  amount  of  interest  at the  rate  equal  to  LIBOR on the
         Interest  Calculation  Amount for each Deferred Interest Period falling
         prior to the First  Interest  Payment Date such interest to accrue from
         and including the first day of each respective Deferred Interest Period
         to but not including the last day of such Deferred Interest Period.

5.3      The Lender will,  as soon as  practicable  after  commencement  of each
         Interest Period advise the Borrower of LIBOR for that Interest  Period.
         Any  certificate  of the Lender as to the rate and  amount of  interest
         determined by it under this Agreement in respect of any Interest Period
         shall,  save for  manifest  error,  be  conclusive  and  binding on the
         Borrower and the Guarantor.

5.4      Interest at the rate  determined  as aforesaid  shall be  calculated on
         each  Advance and each part thereof on the basis of actual days elapsed
         and a 365 day year, shall accrue from day to day from and including the
         first  day of  each  Interest  Period  to but  excluding  the  date  of
         repayment of the Advance.

5.5      If LIBOR  cannot be  determined  for any  reason  the rate of  interest
         applicable  to the Advance shall be the sum of the Margin and the rate,
         expressed as a percentage  rate per annum,  which is the actual cost to
         the Lender of funding the Advance from  whatever  sources it may select
         during  such  Interest  Period (as  applicable)  and,  if the Lender so
         requires,  within  five days of such  notification  the  Lender and the
         Borrower  shall  enter  into  negotiations  with a view to  agreeing  a
         substitute  basis for  determining  the rates of interest  which may be
         applicable to the Advance in the future.

5.6      If the  Borrower is required to repay  principal  on the Advance on any
         day other than an Interest  Payment Date or Principal  Repayment  Date,
         the Borrower shall be obliged to pay such amount together with interest
         accrued thereon to the date of such repayment.

6.       REPAYMENT AND APPLICATION OF RECEIPTSAND APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

6.1      The Borrower shall repay the amount of the Outstanding  Advance in full
         (together  with all  other  amounts  then due  hereunder)  on the Final
         Maturity Date.

6.2      The  Borrower  shall,  on  each  Principal  Repayment  Date  repay  the
         Principal Repayment Amount for such Principal Repayment Date.

6.3      Securitisation Residuals Receipts and Securitisation Residuals Proceeds
         received  by any party  hereto  other than the Lender  shall be paid by
         such  party,  forthwith  upon  receipt  of the  same,  to the  Borrower
         Proceeds  Account and shall be held by the relevant  party on trust for
         the  Lender  pending  payment  of the same into the  Borrower  Proceeds
         Account.

6.4      On each  Principal  Repayment  Date  the  Permitted  Percentage  of all
         Securitisation Residual Receipts and 100 per cent of all Securitisation
         Residuals  Proceeds shall be 


                                       14
<PAGE>


         applied in or towards  satisfaction  of the obligations of the Borrower
         hereunder in the following order of priority:

         (1)      first,  in or towards  payment of all interest  falling due to
                  the Lender  hereunder  on the relevant  Interest  Payment Date
                  together with any overdue  interest  accrued thereon up to and
                  including the relevant distribution date;

         (2)      second,  in or  towards  payment  of the  Principal  Repayment
                  Amount due on such Principal Repayment Date;

         (3)      third,  in or  towards  payment  of all  reasonable  fees  and
                  expenses or other  amounts  due and owing to the Lender  under
                  all Transaction  Documents  (other than amounts referred to in
                  (a) or (b)); and

         (4)      prior to an Event of Default which is continuing, the balance,
                  if any, to be released to the Borrower,
         (1)

         provided that at all times  following the earlier of an Acceleration or
         an Enforcement the whole of the provisions of this clause 6 shall cease
         to apply and all amounts received or recovered in respect of the assets
         subject to the  Security  Documents  may be applied by the Lender in or
         towards  satisfaction  of the Secured  Liabilities in such order as the
         Lender in its absolute discretion shall determine.

6.5      If:-

         (a)      (i)      on the third consecutive  Principal Repayment Date on
                           which the applicable  Permitted  Percentage is 94 per
                           cent; and

                  (ii)     on each  of  such  three  (3)  consecutive  Principal
                           Repayment Dates the Collateral Percentage (calculated
                           on the basis of  Outstanding  Advances  as reduced by
                           the Principal  Repayment  Amount repaid on such date)
                           exceeds 65 per cent,

         OR

         (b)      on any  Principal  Repayment  Date the  provisions  of clauses
                  6.5(a)(i) and (ii) or this clause 6.5(b) have been  applicable
                  to any of the six immediately  preceding  Principal  Repayment
                  Dates  and on such  Principal  Repayment  Date the  Collateral
                  Percentage, after application of the provisions of clause 6.4,
                  exceeds 65 per cent,

         then the Borrower  shall,  at its option,  on such Principal  Repayment
         Date either:

                  (A)      prepay an amount  equal to the  Additional  Principal
                           Repayment Amount; or


                                       15
<PAGE>


                  (B)      provide additional  Eligible Collateral of a value as
                           would result in a Collateral  Percentage  (calculated
                           on the basis of  Outstanding  Advances  as reduced by
                           the Principal Repayment Amount repaid on the relevant
                           Principal Repayment Date) of 65 per cent,

6.6      Following application of funds under and in accordance with clause 6.4,
         and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing if
         the aggregate of:-

         (a)      Securitisation  Residual Receipts received or recovered during
                  the related Collection Period; plus

         (b)      Securitisation  Residual Proceeds received or recovered during
                  the related Collection Period,

         exceeds  Available  Cash,  then such  excess  shall be  released to the
         Borrower,  to such  account  as the  Borrower  shall  from time to time
         direct.

6.7      Without prejudice to the Security  Documents,  the Lender shall consent
         to the Disposal of some or all of the Securitisation Residuals financed
         hereunder   provided   that  the   Collateral   Percentage   calculated
         immediately  following  such Disposal is no greater than the Collateral
         Percentage calculated on the Principal Repayment Date immediately prior
         to such Disposal.

6.8      If all or any part of the  Advance is repaid  under this  clause  other
         than on an  Principal  Repayment  Date,  the  Borrower  will pay to the
         Lender on demand such amount as the Lender certifies to be necessary to
         compensate it for all losses excluding loss of Margin incurred or to be
         incurred by it on account of deposits  acquired or arranged in order to
         fund the Advance.  Any such  certificate  by the Lender  shall,  in the
         absence of manifest error, be prima facie evidence of such losses.

6.9      Subject to Clause 6.8, the Borrower may on any Business  Day, upon five
         Business Days prior written notice to the Lender, prepay in whole or in
         part the  Outstanding  Advance  hereunder  together  with  all  accrued
         interest thereon.

7.       EVIDENCE OF DEBTOF DEBT

         The  Lender  shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual  practice,
         accounts  evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to
         it hereunder,  and in any legal action or proceeding  arising out of or
         in connection  with this  Agreement,  the entries made in such accounts
         shall in the absence of manifest  error be prima facie  evidence of the
         existence and amounts of the specified obligations of the Borrower.

8.       TAXES

8.1      If the Borrower:-


                                       16
<PAGE>


         (1)      whether before or after receipt by the Borrower of a direction
                  from the Inland Revenue  pursuant to the United  States/United
                  Kingdom  double  taxation  treaty to pay  interest  under this
                  Agreement free of UK  withholding  tax is required as a result
                  of  any   change   in  law   or  in  its   interpretation   or
                  administration  to make any  payment to the  Lender  hereunder
                  subject to any deduction or withholding on account of tax; or

         (2)      is  unable  to  obtain a  direction  from the  Inland  Revenue
                  pursuant to the United  States/United  Kingdom double taxation
                  treaty  to  pay  interest  under  this  Agreement  free  of UK
                  withholding  tax (other than as a result of an act or omission
                  of the Lender);

         it shall notify the Lender of such event and, provided that as a result
         of (a) or (b) above payments  hereunder are required to be made subject
         to a deduction or withholding on account of tax, the sum payable by the
         Borrower in respect of which such  deduction or withholding is required
         to be made shall,  subject to clause 8.2, be  increased  (the amount of
         such increase being referred to hereafter as the "GROSS-UP  AMOUNT") to
         the extent  necessary to ensure that,  after the making of the required
         deduction or  withholding,  the Lender  receives and retains (free from
         any liability in respect of such  deduction or  withholding)  a net sum
         equal to the sum which it would have  received  and so retained  had no
         such deduction or withholding been made or required to be made.

8.2      If, at any time, the  circumstances  in clause 8.1 apply,  the Borrower
         shall be entitled to prepay the whole (but not part) of the Outstanding
         Advance  within  60 days of the  change in law or  unavailability  of a
         direction  pursuant  to the treaty,  as the case may be, in  accordance
         with Clause 6.9 and in such  circumstances  the Lender  agrees that the
         provisions  of Clause 6.8 hereof shall not apply and, if during such 60
         day period any  Gross-up  Amount would  otherwise  fall due for payment
         hereunder,  the Borrower  shall be entitled to defer the  obligation to
         pay the same until the last day of the 60 day  period,  on which day it
         shall fall due.

8.3      If the Borrower  makes any payment  hereunder in respect of which it is
         required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of tax,
         it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the
         relevant  taxation or other authority  within the time allowed for such
         payment under  applicable  law and shall deliver to the Lender,  within
         thirty days after it has made such payment to the applicable authority,
         an  original  receipt  (or a  certified  copy  thereof)  issued by such
         authority  evidencing  the payment to such  authority of all amounts so
         required to be  deducted or withheld in respect of such  payment or any
         other written evidence acceptable to the Lender.

8.4      If the  Borrower  pays any  increased  amount under clause 8.1 ( a "TAX
         PAYMENT") and the Lender,  acting  reasonably,  determines  that it has
         received and retained a refund of, or a credit against, the tax paid or
         payable  by it and that the  refund  or  credit  is in  respect  of, or
         calculated with reference to, the deduction or withholding  giving rise
         to 


                                       17
<PAGE>


         the Tax Payment (such refund or credit being referred to hereafter as a
         "TAX CREDIT"),  then the Lender shall,  to the extent that it can do so
         without prejudice to the retention of the Tax Credit,  reimburse to the
         Borrower in the manner described in the following  sentence such amount
         as the Lender shall  reasonably  determine to be the  proportion of the
         Tax Credit as will leave the Lender after reimbursement in no better or
         worse  position  than it would have been in if the Tax  Payment had not
         been  required.  The manner in which such  reimbursement  is to be made
         shall first be by way of set off against  such of the  amount(s)  which
         the Borrower is then liable to pay to the Lender (for  whatever  reason
         and regardless of whether the payment of such amount(s) has fallen due)
         as the Lender  shall,  in its sole  opinion,  specify and notify to the
         Borrower.

8.5      Nothing in this clause 8 shall  interfere  with the  Lender's  right to
         arrange its tax affairs in whatever  manner it thinks fit and,  without
         limiting the foregoing, the Lender shall not be under any obligation to
         claim any Tax Credit in priority to any other claims, reliefs,  credits
         or  deductions  available  to it. The Lender  shall not in any event be
         obliged to disclose any information  relating to its tax affairs or any
         computations in respect thereof to the Borrower or any other person.

8.6      All amounts  payable under this Agreement are expressed to be exclusive
         of any VAT chargeable in respect  thereof.  If any VAT is chargeable in
         respect of such amounts,  the Borrower shall,  in addition,  pay to the
         Lender an amount equal to such VAT,  and the Lender  shall  provide the
         Borrower with a proper VAT invoice in respect thereof.

9.       INCREASED COSTSCOSTS

9.1      If, by reason of:-

         (1)      the  introduction  of, or any  change in any  applicable  law,
                  regulation  or  regulatory  requirement  or any  change in the
                  interpretation  or  application  of any  thereof  in each case
                  after the date hereof and/or

         (2)      compliance by the Lender or any holding  company of the Lender
                  with any applicable directive,  request or requirement whether
                  or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of
                  law being of general  application and of a type with which the
                  Lender or a holding  company  of the Lender is  accustomed  to
                  comply of any central bank or any self regulating organisation
                  or any  governmental,  fiscal,  monetary  or  other  authority
                  (including,  but not  limited  to,  a  directive,  request  or
                  requirement  which  affects  the  manner  in  which  any  bank
                  allocates  capital in support of its assets or  liabilities or
                  contingent  liabilities or deposits with it or for its account
                  or advances or  commitments  made by it) which is brought into
                  effect after the date hereof,

         and if, to the extent of  compliance  with either or both of paragraphs
         (a) and (b):-

                  (1)      the  Lender or any  holding  company of the Lender is
                           unable  to obtain  the rate of return on its  capital
                           which it would  have been able to obtain


                                       18
<PAGE>


                           but for the  Lender's  entering  into or  assuming or
                           maintaining   a   commitment   or   performing    its
                           obligations   (including   its   obligation  to  make
                           Advances) under this Agreement;

                  (2)      the  Lender  or any  holding  company  of the  Lender
                           incurs a cost as a result  of the  Lender's  entering
                           into or  assuming  or  maintaining  a  commitment  or
                           performing its obligations  (including its obligation
                           to make Advances) under this Agreement;

                  (3)      there is any  increase  in the cost to the  Lender or
                           any  holding  company  of the  Lender of  funding  or
                           maintaining all or any of the Advances;

                  (4)      the  Lender  or any  holding  company  of the  Lender
                           becomes  liable to make any payment on account of tax
                           or otherwise (except on account of any tax imposed on
                           and  calculated by reference to the net income of the
                           Facility  Office  by the  jurisdiction  in which  the
                           Lender (or its holding company) is incorporated or in
                           which the Facility  Office is  located),  or foregoes
                           any interest or other  return,  on or  calculated  by
                           reference  to the amount of any Advance or the amount
                           of any  sum  received  or  receivable  by it (or  its
                           subsidiary) under this Agreement,

         then the  Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the  Lender,
         promptly pay to the Lender  amounts  sufficient to indemnify the Lender
         or its holding company as appropriate  against, as the case may be, (1)
         such  reduction  in the rate of return of capital,  (2) such cost,  (3)
         such increased  cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost as is,
         in  the  opinion  of the  Lender,  attributable  to its or its  holding
         company funding or maintaining the Advance), or (4) such liability.

9.2      If the Lender  intends  to make a claim  pursuant  to this  clause 9 it
         shall  notify  the  Borrower  of the  event  by  reason  of which it is
         entitled to do so PROVIDED that nothing herein shall require the Lender
         to disclose any confidential  information  relating to the organisation
         of its affairs and shall consult with the Borrower as to possible steps
         that could be taken to reduce any such  increased  costs  provided that
         the  Lender  shall  be  under no  obligation  to take  any  such  steps
         considered.

9.3      If  notwithstanding  the  consultation  referred to in Clause 9.2,  the
         provisions  of Clause 9.1 would apply then the Borrower  shall,  at its
         option,  be  entitled  to  prepay  the  whole  (but  not  part)  of the
         Outstanding   Advance  in  accordance  with  Clause  6.9  and  in  such
         circumstances  the  Lender  agrees  that the  provisions  of Clause 6.8
         hereof shall not apply.

10.      ILLEGALITY

         If, at any time, it is or becomes unlawful for the Lender to make, fund
         or allow to remain  outstanding  all or part of the  Advance,  then the
         Lender shall, promptly after becoming aware of the same, deliver to the
         Borrower a notice to that effect,  the 


                                       19
<PAGE>


         Lender shall not  thereafter  be obliged to make the Advance  hereunder
         and,  if the Lender has made the  Advance,  the  Borrower  shall on the
         earlier of:

         (a)      the date falling 90 days after the date of notification of the
                  illegality; and

         (b)      the Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the day on which it
                  will become unlawful for the Lender to do as aforesaid,

         repay any Outstanding  Advance  together with accrued  interest thereon
         and all other amounts owing to the Lender hereunder.

11.      PAYMENTS

         Any payment to be paid by the  Borrower to the Lender  pursuant to this
         Agreement shall be made in sterling, in immediately  available,  freely
         transferrable  and cleared funds for value same day, to such account of
         the Lender as the Lender shall,  from time to time,  have  specified in
         writing for such purpose.

12.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIESAND WARRANTIES

12.1     The Borrower hereby represent,  warrant,  covenant and undertake to the
         Lender that:-

         (1)      it is a limited  liability  company  duly  organised,  validly
                  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the state of
                  its  organisation  and is duly  authorised  and  qualified  to
                  transact any and all business  contemplated  by this Agreement
                  and the other Transaction Documents to be conducted by it.

         (2)      it has the full limited  liability company power and authority
                  to  execute,  deliver  and  perform,  and to  enter  into  and
                  consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
                  the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and has
                  been  duly  authorised  by  all  necessary  limited  liability
                  company  action  on  its  part  the  execution,  delivery  and
                  performance  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction
                  Documents to which it is a party;  and this Agreement and each
                  Transaction Document to which it is a party,  assuming the due
                  authorisation,  execution and delivery  thereof by the Lender,
                  constitutes   its  legal,   valid  and   binding   obligation,
                  enforceable  against  it in  accordance  with  its  respective
                  terms,  except  to the  extent  that  (a)  the  enforceability
                  thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency, moratorium,
                  receivership  and other  similar laws  relating to  creditors'
                  rights  generally  and (b) the remedy of specific  performance
                  and  injunctive  and other  forms of  equitable  relief may be
                  subject to the equitable defences and to the discretion of the
                  court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought;

         (3)      its  execution  and  delivery  of  this   Agreement  and  each
                  Transaction  Document to which it is a party, the consummation
                  of  any  other  of  the   transactions   herein   or   therein
                  contemplated  on its part and the  fulfilment of or compliance
                  with


                                       20
<PAGE>


                  the terms  hereof or thereof will not (i) result in a material
                  breach  of  any  term  or  provision  of  its  Certificate  of
                  Formation,  limited  liability  company agreement and/or other
                  constituent documents or (ii) materially conflict with, result
                  in a material breach,  violation or acceleration of, or result
                  in a material  default under,  the terms of any other material
                  agreement or  instrument to which it is a party or by which it
                  may be bound, or any statute,  order or regulation  applicable
                  to it of any court, regulatory body,  administrative agency or
                  governmental body having jurisdiction over it;

         (4)      it is not party to, bound by, or in breach or violation of any
                  material  indenture or other material agreement or instrument,
                  or  subject  to or in  violation  of  any  statute,  order  or
                  regulation  of  any  court,  regulatory  body,  administrative
                  agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over it, which
                  materially and adversely  affects or, to its knowledge,  would
                  in the future materially and adversely affect, (i) its ability
                  to  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  or  the
                  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it is a party  or (ii)  its
                  business,  operations,   financial  condition,  properties  or
                  assets taken as a whole;
         (1)

         (5)      no  litigation  is pending  or, to the best of its  knowledge,
                  threatened  against it that  would  materially  and  adversely
                  affect  the  execution,  delivery  or  enforceability  of this
                  Agreement or the Transaction  Documents to which it is a party
                  or its ability to perform any of its obligations  hereunder or
                  thereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

         (6)      no consent,  approval,  authorisation or order of any court or
                  governmental  agency or body is  required  for the  execution,
                  delivery and  performance  by it of, or compliance by it with,
                  this  Agreement or any  Transaction  Document to which it is a
                  party or the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
                  hereby  or  thereby,   or  if  any  such  consent,   approval,
                  authorisation  or order is required,  it has obtained or it is
                  in the process of obtaining the same;

         (7)      it has not, at any time since its formation, had any employee,
                  entered  into  any  contracts,  carried  on  any  business  or
                  incurred any liabilities;

         (8)      it has filed or caused to be filed, all tax returns  (federal,
                  state  and  local)  (or  requests  for  extension   which  are
                  routinely granted) which are required to be filed and has paid
                  all taxes  including  those which have become due  pursuant to
                  such returns or pursuant to any assessments made against it or
                  any of its  properties,  as the  case  may be,  and all  other
                  material  taxes or other  charges  imposed on it or any of its
                  properties  by any  Governmental  Authority;  and no tax liens
                  have been filed;

         (9)      no  proceeds  of  the  Advance  will  be  used,   directly  or
                  indirectly,   by  it  for  the  purpose  of   "purchasing"  or
                  "carrying"  any "margin  stock" or for the purpose of reducing
                  or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally  incurred to


                                       21
<PAGE>


                  purchase or carry margin stock or for any other  purpose which
                  might  cause the Advance to be a "purpose  credit"  within the
                  meaning  of  Regulation  U of the  Board of  Governors  of the
                  Federal Reserve System;

         (10)     all  financial  statements  of the  Borrower  delivered to the
                  Lender fully and accurately  present the financial position of
                  the Borrower as of the respective  dates thereof in accordance
                  with GAAP. Since 31 December, 1997, there has been no material
                  adverse  change  in  the  business,  operations,   properties,
                  condition   (financial  or  otherwise)  or  prospects  of  the
                  Borrower;

         (11)     it is, not directly or  indirectly,  controlled  by any Person
                  which is, an  "investment  company"  within the meaning of the
                  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended;  the Borrower and
                  Guarantor are not subject to any regulation  under any federal
                  or state  statute or  regulation  which  limits its ability to
                  incur Indebtedness.

         The representations  and warranties under clause 14.1(a)-(k)  inclusive
         shall be given on the date of this  Agreement  and shall be repeated on
         each date on which the Advance is outstanding hereunder by reference to
         the facts and circumstances existing at the relevant time.

12.2     The Lender  represents and warrants to the Borrower in terms of clauses
         12.1(a) to (f) (inclusive),  mutatis mutandis,  save that the reference
         in Clause 12.1 (a) to a limited liability company shall be construed as
         a reference to a corporation.

12.3     lt is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties set
         forth in clause 12.1 shall  survive the  pledging  and  charging of the
         Securitisation  Residuals  to the Lender and shall enure to the benefit
         of the Lender.

12.4     With respect to the representations and warranties  contained in clause
         12.1  which  are made to the best of the  Borrower's  knowledge,  after
         reasonable inquiry and investigation, if it is discovered by either the
         Borrower,  or the Lender that the substance of such  representation and
         warranty is inaccurate  then,  notwithstanding  the Borrower's  lack of
         knowledge with respect to the inaccuracy at the time the representation
         or warranty was made,  the Lender shall have the same rights in respect
         of the breach thereof as it would have if the applicable representation
         or warranty was breached.

12.5     Upon  discovery by either the Borrower or the Lender of a breach of any
         of the foregoing representations and warranties given under clause 12.1
         the party  discovering  such breach shall give prompt written notice to
         the other.

13.      UNERTAKINGS AND COVENANTS

13.1     The Borrower hereby  undertakes with the Lender that from and after the
         date  hereof  and until all sums due and to become due  hereunder  have
         been paid or repaid in full and the Facility shall no longer exist:


                                       22
<PAGE>


         (1)      it shall  obtain,  comply with the terms of and do all that is
                  necessary   to   maintain   in  full   force  and  effect  all
                  authorisations,  approvals,  licences and consents required in
                  or by the laws and regulations of all applicable jurisdictions
                  to  enable  it   lawfully   to  enter  into  and  perform  its
                  obligations under this Agreement and each Transaction Document
                  and  to  ensure  the  legality,  validity,  enforceability  or
                  admissibility  in  evidence in England of this  Agreement  and
                  each  Transaction  Document  and shall ensure that none of the
                  foregoing are revoked or modified;

         (2)      it shall  promptly  inform the Lender of the occurrence of any
                  Event of  Default or  Potential  Event of  Default  and,  upon
                  receipt of a written  request to that  effect from the Lender,
                  confirm to the Lender that, save as previously notified to the
                  Lender or as notified in such confirmation,  no such event has
                  occurred;

         (3)      it shall  ensure  that at all times the  claims of the  Lender
                  against it under this Agreement and the Transaction  Documents
                  are secured as provided in the Security Documents and that the
                  security thereunder will be of the nature and will rank in the
                  priority it is expressed to have in the Security Documents;

         (4)      it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender,
                  create or permit to subsist  any  Security  over all or any of
                  its present or future  revenues  or assets  save for  security
                  created (or permitted) under the Security Documents;

         (5)      it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender,
                  incur  any   Indebtedness   (whether   actual  or  contingent,
                  subordinated or otherwise  whatsoever)  make any loans,  grant
                  any  credit or give any  guarantee  or  indemnity  (except  as
                  contemplated  in the  Transaction  Documents)  to or  for  the
                  benefit  of any  person or  otherwise  voluntarily  assume any
                  liability,  whether  actual or  contingent,  in respect of any
                  obligation of any other person;

         (6)      it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender,
                  issue any  further  membership  interests  or alter any rights
                  attaching to its issued  membership  interests in existence at
                  the date hereof;

         (7)      it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender,
                  sell, lease,  transfer or otherwise dispose of, by one or more
                  transactions  or series of  transactions  (whether  related or
                  not),  the  whole or any part of its  revenues  or its  assets
                  except as permitted under the Transaction Documents;

         (8)      it shall  ensure that the Residual  Assignment  remains at all
                  times  its  valid  obligation  and that the  Security  created
                  thereunder remains valid and perfected security.

         (9)      it shall  apply all monies  released  to it  pursuant  to this
                  Agreement  first in discharge of amounts due to the  Guarantor
                  under the Intercompany Loan.


                                       23
<PAGE>


         (10)     it shall not, unless and until it has satisfied on such a date
                  any amounts which have fallen due to the  Guarantor  under the
                  Intercompany  Loan  make or  declare  any  dividend  or  other
                  distribution;

         (11)     it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender,
                  open or permit to be opened any bank  accounts  in its name or
                  on its behalf other than the Borrower Proceeds Account;

         (12)     it  shall  not  engage  in  any   business   other  than  that
                  contemplated in the  Transaction  Documents and shall not have
                  any employees;

         (13)     it shall not make or permit any  amendments  to be made to the
                  Certificate of Formation,  limited liability company agreement
                  and/or its other  constituent  documents without prior written
                  consent of the Lender,  such  consent  not to be  unreasonably
                  withheld;

         (14)     it  shall  deliver  to the  Lender  as  soon as the  same  are
                  available,  and in any event  within  one  hundred  and twenty
                  (120) days after the end of each of its financial years a copy
                  of its audited annual financial statements;

         (15)     it shall  provide the Lender  promptly  upon  request with any
                  information  relating to it and/or its financial  condition as
                  the  Lender  may  from  time to  time  reasonably  require  in
                  connection with this Agreement;

         (16)     it shall  ensure  that each set of  audited  annual  financial
                  statements  delivered  pursuant to sub-clause (l) are prepared
                  in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
                  and on the same basis every year and half year (save as may be
                  required  from time to time as a result of  changes  in law or
                  regulation or generally accepted accounting principles);

         (17)     it shall,  promptly  upon receipt of the same,  deliver to the
                  Lender  a copy  of  any  independent  accountants'  management
                  letters  received  by it  relating  to it or any member of its
                  group;

14.      DEFAULT

14.1     In the event of:-

         (1)      any  default by the  Borrower in the payment of any amount due
                  for payment  hereunder,  including  without  limitation  under
                  clause 6.2 (if applicable) or under any  Transaction  Document
                  within two Business Days after written  notice from the Lender
                  demanding payment of the same has been received; or

         (2)      the   Borrower   failing  to  observe  or  perform  any  other
                  covenants,  obligations  or agreements  of the Borrower  under
                  this Agreement or any  Transaction  


                                       24
<PAGE>


                  Document  which,  if (in the good faith opinion of the Lender)
                  capable  of  remedy  shall  not  have  been  remedied  (to the
                  satisfaction  of the Lender)  within  thirty  Business Days of
                  written notice from the Lender  requiring  remedy of the same;
                  or

         (3)      any  representation  or  warranty  made  or  repeated  by  the
                  Borrower or the  Guarantor  under this  Agreement or under any
                  other Transaction Document being or proving to be or have been
                  untrue or incorrect or misleading  in any material  respect as
                  at the date at which it was made or repeated,  and in the case
                  of any such breach which is (in the good faith  opinion of the
                  Lender) capable of remedy, the relevant breach not having been
                  remedied within thirty  Business Days of the Lender  requiring
                  the Borrower  or, as the case may be, the  Guarantor to do so;
                  or

         (4)      any default by the  Guarantor in the payment of any amount due
                  for payment under the Guarantee or under any other Transaction
                  Document on the due date therefor; or

         (5)      the  Guarantor   failing  to  observe  or  perform  any  other
                  covenant,  obligation or agreement  contained in the Guarantee
                  or under any other Transaction Document which, if (in the good
                  faith opinion of the Lender) is capable of remedy has not been
                  remedied (to the  satisfaction  of the Lender)  within  thirty
                  Business Days of the Lender  requiring the Guarantor to do so;
                  or

         (6)      the  Residual  Assignment  ceasing to be a binding  obligation
                  upon the Borrower Security thereunder; or

         (7)      the Borrower or the  Guarantor  shall:  (i) become  insolvent;
                  (ii) be  dissolved;  (iii) fail  generally to pay its debts as
                  such debts become due;  (iv)  commence a voluntary  case under
                  federal  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  law;  (v)
                  consent to the  appointment  of or taking of  possession  by a
                  receiver,   liquidator,   assignee,   trustee,  custodian,  or
                  sequestrator  (or other  similar  official) of the Borrower or
                  the Guarantor or of any substantial part of its property; (vi)
                  make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (vii) take
                  any action intended or likely to result in any event described
                  in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi); or

         (8)      there shall be filed or entered in respect of the  Borrower or
                  the  Guarantor  a  petition,  decree or order for  relief by a
                  court having  jurisdiction  in the premises in an  involuntary
                  case under the federal  bankruptcy  laws,  as now or hereafter
                  constituted, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign
                  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other similar law, or appointing a
                  receiver,   liquidator,   assignee,   custodian,   trustee  or
                  sequestrator  (or other  similar  official) of the Borrower or
                  the Guarantor or of any substantial  part of its property,  or
                  ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and any
                  such  petition,  decree or order shall  continue  undismissed,
                  unstayed and in effect for a period 


                                       25
<PAGE>


                  of 60 days; or

         (9)      any  material  adverse  change  in the  condition  (financial,
                  business,  prospects or  otherwise)  of any of the Borrower or
                  the Guarantor occurring,  which, in the reasonable judgment of
                  the Lender is reasonably likely to prevent the Borrower or the
                  Guarantor,  as the case may be, from performing its respective
                  material  obligations  under any  Transaction  Document  or is
                  likely to  adversely  affect the value (to the  Lender) of its
                  security  whether  by  adversely  affecting  the value of such
                  security, the prospects of a sale thereof or otherwise; or

         (10)     the Borrower  ceasing to be a wholly owned subsidiary of Ocwen
                  Asset Investment Corporation ("OAIC"); or

         (11)     OAIC  ceasing to own a majority of the issued and  outstanding
                  common shares of Ocwen General, Inc.

         (12)     the Borrower or the Guarantor shall default in respect of: (i)
                  any payment  obligation  under any loan from the Lender or any
                  subsidiary or affiliate of the Lender or any obligation to pay
                  for  securities  delivered to the Borrower or the Guarantor by
                  the Lender or a subsidiary; (ii) the Borrower or the Guarantor
                  shall  fail to pay any money  due  under any other  agreement,
                  note,   indenture   or   instrument   evidencing,    securing,
                  guaranteeing  or  otherwise  relating to  Indebtedness  of the
                  Borrower or the Guarantor for borrowed  money in the aggregate
                  of  $10,000,000,  which failure to pay constitutes an event of
                  default under any such  agreement or instrument or constitutes
                  a  default  and  such  default  shall   continue   beyond  any
                  applicable grace periods therein  specified or the Borrower or
                  the Guarantor  shall default in the  observance or performance
                  of any other  covenant or condition  in any such  agreement or
                  instrument,  which default constitutes an event of default and
                  has not been waived by the creditor or other  applicable party
                  thereunder,   and  such  default  shall  continue  beyond  any
                  applicable  grace periods therein  specified;  (iii) any other
                  event  shall occur or  condition  shall exist if the effect of
                  such event or condition is to accelerate  the maturity of such
                  Indebtedness;  or (iv) any such Indebtedness shall be declared
                  due and payable prior to the stated  maturity  thereof;  other
                  than,  in the case of items (ii)  thereof  (iv),  Indebtedness
                  with   respect  to  which  the   failure  to  pay  would  not,
                  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  be  expected  to  have a
                  material   adverse   effect   on  the   financial   condition,
                  operations,  business  or  prospects  of the  Borrower  or the
                  Guarantor,

         (each of the  foregoing an "EVENT OF DEFAULT"),  the Lender may,  (save
         that in  relation  to clause  14.1 (g) and (h) upon the  occurrence  of
         which  the  Outstanding  Advance  together  with all  interest  accrued
         thereon and all other sums then due and  outstanding  from the Borrower
         hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable),  for
         so long as such event is  continuing  unwaived by the Lender do each or
         any of the following:


                                       26
<PAGE>


                  (1)      declare,  by  written  notice  to the  Borrower,  the
                           Outstanding   Advance   together  with  all  interest
                           accrued  thereon  and all  other  sums  then  due and
                           outstanding   hereunder   from  the  Borrower  to  be
                           immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall
                           become immediately due and payable; and/or

                  (2)      enforce all or any of its security under the Security
                           Documents; and

                  (3)      terminate this Agreement,.

         whereupon  the Lender shall cease to be obliged to make, if not already
         made, the Advance hereunder.

14.2     If the  Advance  shall  be  declared  immediately  due and  payable  as
         aforesaid,  the  Borrower  shall pay to the Lender  such  amount as the
         Lender certifies to be necessary to compensate it for any loss incurred
         (excluding  loss of Margin) or to be  incurred  on account of  deposits
         acquired or arranged in order to fund such Advance as a consequence  of
         such Event of Default.

14.3     The rights  conferred on the Lender pursuant to this clause 14 shall be
         in addition  to whatever  rights the Lender may have both at law and in
         equity.

14.4     The Lender may waive any default by the Borrower in the  performance of
         its obligations hereunder and its consequences. Upon any such waiver of
         a past  default,  such default  shall cease to exist,  and any Event of
         Default  arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  remedied for
         every  purpose of this  Agreement.  No such waiver  shall extend to any
         subsequent  or other  default  or impair any right  consequent  thereon
         except to the extent expressly so waived.

14.5     The Borrower  agrees to indemnify and keep  indemnified the Lender from
         and  against  any  loss,  cost  (including  any  cost of  enforcement),
         liability  (including  any tax  liability),  claim or damage  which the
         Lender  incurs or suffers as a  consequence  of the  occurrence  of any
         Event of Default and the indemnity may,  without  limiting the Lender's
         rights, be claimed as a debt or liquidated demand.


                                       27
<PAGE>


15.      DEFAULT INTERESTINTEREST

15.1     If any sum due and payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid on the
         due date  therefor or if any sum due and payable by the Borrower  under
         any judgement or decree of any court in connection herewith is not paid
         on the date of such judgement or decree,  the period  beginning on such
         due date or, as the case may be, the date of such  judgement  or decree
         and ending on the date upon which the obligation of the Borrower to pay
         such sum (the  balance  thereof for the time being  unpaid being herein
         referred to as an "UNPAID  SUM") is  discharged  shall be divided  into
         successive periods, each of which (other than the first) shall start on
         the last day of the  preceding  such period and the duration of each of
         which  shall  (except  as  otherwise  provided  in this  clause  15) be
         selected by the Lender.

15.2     During each such period relating thereto as is mentioned in clause 15.1
         an unpaid sum shall bear  interest  at the rate per annum  which is the
         sum from time to time of two per cent and the Margin in respect thereof
         at such time and LIBOR on the first day of the relevant period provided
         that:

         (1)      if, for any such period, LIBOR cannot be determined,  the rate
                  of  interest  applicable  to such unpaid sum shall be the rate
                  per annum  which is the sum of two per cent and the  Margin in
                  respect thereof at such time and the rate per annum determined
                  by the  Lender  to be  equal to the rate  which  express  as a
                  percentage  rate per annum  equals  the cost to it of  funding
                  such unpaid sum for such period from  whatever  sources it may
                  select; and

         (2)      if such unpaid sum is all or part of the Advance  which became
                  due and payable on a day other than an Interest  Payment  Date
                  therefor, the first such period applicable thereto shall be of
                  a duration  equal to the  unexpired  portion of that  Interest
                  Period and the rate of interest  applicable  thereto from time
                  to time during such period shall be that which  exceeds by two
                  per cent the rate which would have been  applicable  to it had
                  it not so fallen due.

15.3     Any interest  which shall have accrued  under this clause 15 in respect
         of an  unpaid  sum  shall be due and  payable  and shall be paid by the
         Borrower  at  the  end  of the  period  by  reference  to  which  it is
         calculated  or on such other dates as the Lender may specify by written
         notice to the Borrower.
1.1

16.      CALCULATIONS

16.1     The Borrower  shall,  for each  Interest  Payment  Date,  calculate the
         Collateral  Percentage  for that date,  such  calculation to be done as
         soon as possible  after the  applicable  Determination  Date and in any
         event no later  than  the  third  Business  Day  prior to the  Interest
         Payment  Date in  question  and shall  notify  the same to the  Lender,
         immediately upon calculation of the same.

16.2     The Lender shall, for the purposes of the calculation under clause 16.1
         notify the  Borrower  of the fair  market  value of the  Securitisation
         Residuals financed under this 


                                       28
<PAGE>


         Agreement  which have not, at the relevant time, been sold or otherwise
         disposed of by the  Borrower,  as  determined  by the  Lender,  in good
         faith.

16.3     The  Lender's  determination  of  the  matters  to be  notified  to the
         Borrower  under this clause shall,  in the absence of manifest error or
         bad faith, be final and binding on the parties hereto.

16.4     The Borrower's  determination of the Collateral  Percentage once agreed
         by the Lender under clause 16.5 shall, in the absence of manifest error
         or bad faith (on the part of either party), be final and binding on the
         parties hereto.

16.5     The Lender  shall use  reasonable  endeavours  to agree the  Borrower's
         determinations of the Collateral  Percentage within three Business Days
         of notification of the same to the Lender.

17.      CURRENCY OF ACCOUNTOF ACCOUNT

17.1     Sterling is the  currency of account and payment for each and every sum
         at any time due from the Borrower  hereunder provided that each payment
         in respect of costs and expenses shall be made in the currency in which
         the same were incurred.

17.2     If any sum due from the Borrower  under this  Agreement or any order or
         judgement given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the
         currency (the "FIRST  CURRENCY") in which the same is payable hereunder
         or under such order,  decree or judgement  into another  currency  (the
         "SECOND  CURRENCY")  for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or
         proof against the Borrower, (b) obtaining an order, decree or judgement
         in any court or other  tribunal or (c) enforcing  any order,  decree or
         judgement  given  or  made  in  relation  hereto,  the  Borrower  shall
         indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum is due
         from and  against  any loss  suffered  as a result  of any  discrepancy
         between (i) the rate of exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the
         sum in question from the first  currency  into the second  currency and
         (ii) the rate or rates of  exchange  at which  such  person  may in the
         ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second
         currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction,  in whole or
         in part, of any such order, judgement, decree, claim or proof.

18.      SET-OFF-OFF

18.1     The Borrower authorises the Lender to apply any credit balance to which
         the Borrower is entitled on any account of the Borrower with the Lender
         in  satisfaction  of any sum due and payable  from the  Borrower to the
         Lender hereunder but unpaid.

18.2     All  payments  required to be made by the Borrower  hereunder  shall be
         calculated without reference to any set-off,  deduction or counterclaim
         and shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on
         account of any set-off, deduction or counterclaim.


                                       29
<PAGE>


19.      CALCULATION OF INTERESTOF INTEREST

         Interest  shall accrue from day to day and shall be  calculated  on the
         basis of a year of 365 days and the actual number of days elapsed.

20.      COSTS AND EXPENSESAND EXPENSES

20.1     The Borrower  shall,  save where expressed to the contrary in any other
         Transaction  Document,  from  time  to time on  demand  of the  Lender,
         reimburse the Lender for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including
         legal fees) together with any VAT thereon  incurred by it in connection
         with the negotiation,  preparation and execution of this Agreement, the
         Transaction  Documents and the completion of the transactions  pursuant
         to this Agreement or the  Transaction  Documents or in connection  with
         the preservation  and/or enforcement of any of the rights of the Lender
         under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

20.2     The Borrower  shall pay all stamp,  registration  and similar  taxes to
         which this  Agreement or any  judgement  or decree given in  connection
         herewith is or at any time may be subject (including in relation to the
         perfection of security  granted by the Security  Documents)  and shall,
         from time to time on demand of the Lender, indemnify the Lender against
         any liabilities,  costs, claims and expenses resulting from any failure
         to pay or any delay in paying any such tax.

20.3     The  Borrower  shall,  from  time  to  time  on  demand  of the  Lender
         compensate  the Lender at such daily and/or  hourly rates as the Lender
         shall  from  time  to  time  reasonably  determine  for  the  time  and
         expenditure, all costs and expenses (including telephone, fax, copying,
         travel and personnel  costs)  incurred by the Lender in connection with
         its taking such action as it may deem  appropriate or in complying with
         any request by the  Borrower  in  connection  with (a) the  granting or
         proposed granting of any waiver or consent  requested  hereunder by the
         Borrower;  (b) any actual,  potential or reasonably suspected breach by
         the Borrower of its  obligations  hereunder;  (c) the occurrence of any
         event which is an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default;  or
         (d)  any  amendment  or  proposed  amendment  hereto  requested  by the
         Borrower.

20.4     The Borrower,  agrees to indemnify the Lender and its immediate  parent
         company  (collectively,  "INDEMNITEES")  from and  against  any and all
         liabilities, obligations, losses or damages, arising from suits, claims
         or actions brought by third parties against the Indemnitees (including,
         without limitation,  any reasonable,  costs,  expenses or disbursements
         relating to the forgoing) arising out of this Agreement,  or any action
         taken or omitted by the Lender  under or  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
         provided that the Borrower  shall not be liable for any portion of such
         liabilities,  obligations,  losses (excluding  consequential losses) or
         damages  resulting  from the gross  negligence or wilful  misconduct of
         such  Indemnitee  as  finally   determined  by  a  court  of  competent
         jurisdiction.  The foregoing  agreements  shall survive  termination or
         expiration of this Agreement for a period of three years.


                                       30
<PAGE>


21.      REMEDIES AND WAIVERSAND WAIVERS

         No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the
         Lender,  any  right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver
         thereof,  nor shall  any  single or  partial  exercise  of any right or
         remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of
         any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies herein provided are
         cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

22.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         The Parties shall not,  without the prior written  consent of the other
         parties  hereto,  disclose to any person the  existence  or any details
         concerning  the  Transaction   Documents  except  to  the  extent  such
         disclosure is contemplated in any Transaction  Document, or is required
         pursuant  to the  application  of any  applicable  law or an order of a
         court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  or is  made  to the  that  party's
         auditors   or  other   professional   advisors   who  are   subject  to
         confidentiality  restrictions  imposed by a professional body which are
         substantially similar to those set forth above.

23.      NOTICES

23.1     ADDRESSES

         Any notice or other  communication  or document to be made or delivered
         under this Agreement  shall be made or delivered by fax or otherwise in
         writing.  Each notice,  communication or other document to be delivered
         to any party to this  Agreement  shall (unless that other person has by
         fifteen  days'  written  notice to the other  party  specified  another
         address  or fax  number)  be made or  delivered  to that  person at the
         address(es) or fax number (if any) set out below:-

         (1)      in the case of the Lender to 203 629 8363,  attention  John C.
                  Anderson with a simultaneous  copy to 203 629 4571,  attention
                  General Counsel;

         (2)      in the case of the Borrower to:

                           c/o Ocwen Capital Corporation
                           The Forum
                           1675 Palm Beach Lakes Boulevard
                           Suite 1002
                           West Palm Beach
                           Florida 33401
                           USA

                  for the attention of:     John Erbey, Corporate Secretary

                           Tel:     + (561) 682 8000
                           Fax:     + (561) 682 8177

                  With a copy to:


                                       31
<PAGE>


                           Joseph A Dlutowski
                           Senior Vice President
                           Ocwen Capital Corporation
                           The Forum
                           1675 Palm Beach Lakes Boulevard
                           Suite 1002
                           West Palm Beach
                           Florida 33401
                           USA

                  for the attention of:     Corporate Secretary

                           Tel:     + (561) 682 8661
                           Fax:     + (561) 682 8163

23.2     DEEMED DELIVERY

         Any notice,  communication  or document to be  delivered  to any person
         shall be deemed to have been delivered:-

         (1)      in the  case  of  personal  delivery,  at  the  time  of  such
                  delivery;

         (2)      in the case of delivery by post, on the business day following
                  the day on which it was posted and in proving such delivery it
                  shall  be  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  relevant  notice,
                  communication or document was properly addressed,  stamped and
                  posted  (by  airmail,  if to  another  country)  in the United
                  Kingdom  or,  in the  case of  service  to or from an  address
                  outside  the  United  Kingdom  at 9.00 a.m.  on the fourth day
                  following the day on which it was posted;

         (3)      in the case of any notice or other  communication  by fax, (a)
                  on the business day the same was  transmitted so long as there
                  is evidence  that such fax message was received  prior to 5.00
                  p.m. local time of the recipient on such day and such day is a
                  business day for the recipient,  otherwise (b) on the business
                  day  following  the day on which it was  transmitted  and,  in
                  either case,  in proving such  delivery it shall be sufficient
                  to prove that the whole of the fax message was received on any
                  fax  machine of the  recipient  and that there was no evidence
                  that such transmission had been interrupted.

24.      SEVERABILITY

         If at any time any provision of this  Agreement is or becomes  illegal,
         invalid  or   unenforceable  in  any  respect  under  the  law  of  any
         jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:-

         (1)      the legality,  validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction
                  of any other provision of this Agreement; or


                                       32
<PAGE>


         (2)      the legality,  validity or enforceability under the law of any
                  other  jurisdiction  of that or any  other  provision  of this
                  Agreement.

25.      ASSIGNMENT

25.1     The Lender may at any time:-

         (1)      sub-participate  part  (but not the  whole)  of its  rights or
                  benefits  under this  Agreement  provided that at any time, no
                  more than 51% of its  rights  and  benefits  hereunder  may be
                  sub-participated; and

         (2)      assign or  transfer  part (but not the whole) of its rights or
                  benefits  under this  Agreement  provided that at any time, no
                  more than 51% of its  rights  and  benefits  hereunder  may be
                  assigned or transferred and provided further that:-

                  (1)      if such assignment or transfer is to any person other
                           than a subsidiary, holding company of or other member
                           of the  Lender's  group such  assignment  or transfer
                           shall require the prior consent of the Borrower (such
                           consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and

                  (2)      if,  at the  time  and as a  result  of any  proposed
                           transfer or assignment,  the Borrower would incur any
                           increased  cost  or be  liable  to make  payments  in
                           excess  of  those   required  to  be  made  hereunder
                           immediately  prior  thereto  (other  than any minimum
                           liquid asset costs) such assignment or transfer is on
                           terms that the Borrower is not and will not be liable
                           for any such increased cost or liability.

25.2     The  Borrower  shall not be entitled to assign,  transfer or  otherwise
         dispose of all or any of its rights or  benefits  under this  Agreement
         without the prior written consent of the Lender.

25.3     The  Lender  may  disclose  to  a  proposed  assignee,   transferee  or
         sub-participant   information  in  its   possession   relating  to  the
         provisions of this  Agreement and the  Transaction  Documents  which it
         considers  necessary  or  desirable to disclose for the purposes of the
         proposed assignment, transfer or sub-participation, notwithstanding the
         provisions  of clause 22  (Confidentiality),  provided  that the Lender
         obtains  from  such  assignee,   transferee,   or   sub-participant   a
         confidentiality  undertaking  on the same  terms as  Clause  22 or such
         other terms as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Lender.

25.4     This  Agreement  shall  bind  and  inure  to  the  benefit  of  and  be
         enforceable  by the Lender and its respective  successors,  transferees
         and assigns  and  references  to the Lender  shall be deemed to include
         references to each of the foregoing.


                                       33
<PAGE>


26.      NO MARSHALLING

         The Borrower consents and agrees that neither the Lender nor any Person
         acting for or on behalf of the Lender shall be under any  obligation to
         marshal any assets in favor of the Borrower or against or in payment of
         any or all  of the  obligations  hereunder  or  under  any  Transaction
         Document.

27.      FURTHER ASSURANCE

         The Borrower shall, from time to time on being required to do so by the
         Lender,  now or at any time in the  future,  do or procure the doing of
         all such acts  and/or  execute or  procure  the  execution  of all such
         documents  in a form  satisfactory  to the  Lender  as the  Lender  may
         consider  necessary  for giving full effect to this  Agreement  and the
         Transaction  Documents  and  securing to the Lender the full benefit of
         the  rights,  powers  and  remedies  conferred  upon the Lender in this
         Agreement or any Transaction Documents.

28.      AGENT FOR SERVICE

28.1     The  Borrower  irrevocably  agrees  that any  Service  Document  may be
         sufficiently   and   effectively   served  on  it  in  connection  with
         Proceedings,   whether   pursuant  to  this   Agreement  or  any  other
         Transaction  Document,  in  England  and Wales by  service on its agent
         Ocwen Limited,  Ref: Keith Ainsworth,  if no replacement agent has been
         appointed and notified to the Lender pursuant to sub-clause 28.4, or on
         the  replacement  agent if one has been  appointed  and notified to the
         Lender.

28.2     Any Service Document served pursuant to this clause shall be marked for
         the attention of:

         (1)      Ocwen  Limited,  c/o Edge & Ellison at 18  Southampton  Place,
                  London,  WC1A 2AJ (Reference:  Keith  Ainsworth) or such other
                  address  within  England  and Wales as may be  notified to the
                  Lender by the Borrower and the Guarantor; or

         (2)      such  other  person  as is  appointed  as  agent  for  service
                  pursuant to sub-clause 28.4 at the address  notified  pursuant
                  to sub-clause 28.4.

28.3     Any document  addressed in  accordance  with  sub-clause  28.2 shall be
         deemed to have been duly served if:-

         (1)      left at the specified address, when it is left; or

         (2)      sent by first class post,  two clear  Business  Days after the
                  date of posting.

1.4      If the agent referred to in sub-clause 28.1 (or any  replacement  agent
         appointed  pursuant  to this  sub-clause)  at any time  ceases  for any
         reason to act as such, the Borrower  shall appoint a replacement  agent
         to accept service having an address for service in England or Wales and
         shall  notify  the Lender of the name and  address  of the  replacement
         agent;  failing such appointment and notification,  the Lender shall be


                                       34
<PAGE>


         entitled by notice to the Borrower to appoint such a replacement  agent
         to act on the Borrowers' behalf.

1.5      A copy of any  Service  Document  served on an agent  pursuant  to this
         clause  shall be sent by post to the  Borrower  at its  address for the
         time being for the  service of notices and other  communications  under
         clause  23  (Notices),  but no  failure  or  delay  in so  doing  shall
         prejudice  the  effectiveness  of service of the  Service  Document  in
         accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 28.1

1.6      Each party irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the
         courts in  Submitted  States in any such  action or  Proceeding  by the
         mailing of copies  thereof by  registered  or certified  mail,  postage
         prepaid to the party's notice address  specified above, such service to
         become effective upon receipt of evidence of the receipt thereof.

29.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement (together with the Transaction Document, entered into on
         or after the date  hereof)  constitutes  the  whole and only  agreement
         between  the  parties  relating to the  secured,  guaranteed  residuals
         facility  relating  to CMR1 to CMR6  (as  described  in the  commitment
         letter  between  Greenwich  Capital  Markets,  Inc and Ocwen  Financial
         Corporation  dated 31 March,  1998) and supersedes and extinguishes any
         prior drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and
         arrangements of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation the
         said commitment  letter provided that the provisions of said commitment
         letter  under the  heading  "The  Residual  Financing  Facilities"  and
         "Miscellaneous"  (insofar as they relate to the foregoing)  relating to
         the Subsequent  Residual Facility shall remain and be effective for the
         purposes  of  OFC  having   available  in  accordance  with  the  terms
         thereunder the Subsequent Residual Facility.


                                       35
<PAGE>


30.      GOVERNING LAW

30.1     This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
         the laws of England.

30.2     The  parties  to this  Agreement  irrevocably  agree that the courts of
         England are to have  jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise
         out of or in connection  with this Agreement and any other  Transaction
         Document and that  accordingly any proceeding,  suit, or action arising
         out of or in connection  with this  Agreement or any other  Transaction
         Document ("Proceedings") may be brought in such courts.

30.3     Without   prejudice  to  sub-Clause   30.2,  all  the  parties  further
         irrevocably  agree that any  Proceedings may be brought in any court of
         the State of New York,  or the State of Florida  or any other  state of
         the United States,  where any party has its chief executive office (all
         of such states being the  "Submitted  States") or federal court sitting
         in the Submitted States and any court having  jurisdiction over appeals
         of  matters  heard  in  such  courts  and  each of the  parties  hereto
         irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

30.4     Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection it may have
         now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any  Proceedings  in any
         such court as is  referred to in this clause and any claim of forum non
         conveniens  and  further  irrevocably  agrees  that a  judgment  in any
         Proceedings  brought in any court  referred to in this clause  shall be
         conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any
         other jurisdiction.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  is duly  executed the date and year first
above written.


for and on behalf of
OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT - UK, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company

By:  /s/ J. A. Dlutowski
     ----------------------
   Name: J. A. Dlutowski
  Title: Authorised Officer


                                       36
<PAGE>


for and on behalf of GREENWICH
CAPITAL FINANCIAL PRODUCTS, INC.


By: /s/ John C Anderson
    -------------------
  Name: John C Anderson
 Title: Senior Vice President


                                       37

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM OCWEN ASSET
INVESTMENT CORP'S CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS  AND IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  REFERENCE  TO SUCH  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                          0001033643
<NAME>                       OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP.
<MULTIPLIER>                                            1
<CURRENCY>                                            USD
       
<S>                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                 3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                  MAR-31-1998 <F1>   
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                         1
<CASH>                                          7,609,603 <F2>
<SECURITIES>                                  200,537,146
<RECEIVABLES>                                           0
<ALLOWANCES>                                            0
<INVENTORY>                                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                        0
<PP&E>                                                  0
<DEPRECIATION>                                          0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                447,725,270
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         177,614,055
<BONDS>                                                 0
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                          191,250
<OTHER-SE>                                    264,166,168
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  447,725,270
<SALES>                                                 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               (8,800,622)<F3>
<CGS>                                                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   1,009,690 <F4>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  189,655
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                693,817
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (10,504,242)<F5>
<INCOME-TAX>                                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (10,504,242)<F5>
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (10,504,242)<F5>
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                       (0.55)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       (0.54)
<FN>
<F1>  Tag 10  includes  Cash and  amounts due from  depository  institutions  of
      $373,097 and Interest bearing deposits of $7,236,506.
<F2>  Tag 11 includes  securities  held for trading of $42,545,318 and securites
      available for sale of $157,991,828.
<F3>  Tag 28 includes  Interest  income on  Repurchase  agreements  and interest
      bearing   deposits  of  $198,138,   on  Securities  held  for  trading  of
      $(2,637,259),  on Securities available for sale of $4,648,582, on Loans of
      $1,240,807,  and on  Discount  loans  of  $902,777,  operating  income  of
      $803,961 and loss on securities held for trading of $(13,957,628).
<F4>  Tag 30 includes Provision for loan losses of $105,073,  Management fess of
      $828,881,  Due diligence expenses of $192,689,  and Foreign currency gains
      of $(116,953).
<F5>  Tags 34, 36 and 40  exclude  minority  interest  in net loss of  operating
      partnership of $189,542.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission